Projector Control Application Ver.4.13 Instruction Guide

Transcription

Projector Control Application Ver.4.13 Instruction Guide
Projector Control Application
Ver.4.13
Instruction Guide
Hitachi Consumer Electronics Co., Ltd.
Contents
1.
2.
3.
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................... 3
1.1.
OUTLINE ................................................................................................................................................. 3
1.2.
SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................................. 3
INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1.
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................................... 4
2.2.
PROJECTOR CONTROL INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................... 5
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................................................... 7
3.1.
CREATE LOGIN ACCOUNTS ...................................................................................................................... 7
3.2.
START APPLICATION ............................................................................................................................... 9
3.3.
MAIN WINDOW ........................................................................................................................................ 9
3.4.
EXIT APPLICATION ................................................................................................................................ 10
3.5.
APPLICATION MINIMIZATION .................................................................................................................. 11
3.6.
CONFIGURE PROJECTOR SETTINGS ....................................................................................................... 11
3.7.
BUTTONS ............................................................................................................................................. 14
3.8.
ADVANCED CONTROL ........................................................................................................................... 15
3.9.
IMAGE SEND TO PROJECTOR ............................................................................................................... 207
3.10.
MY IMAGE (E-SHOT) ....................................................................................................................... 207
3.11.
SOFTWARE VERSION ....................................................................................................................... 208
・ Microsoft and Windows is the registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the US and other countries.
・ Pentium is the registered trademark of Intel Corporation in the US and other countries.
・ All other trademarks are the property of their respected owners.
Warning
・ This software is free via download. The manufacturer has no responsibility for any errors that may occur while using
this software.
・ This software, or any product used with this software may not be used for any act which obstructs the Maintenance
of the International Peace and Safety.
2
1. Introduction
1.1. Outline
The Projector Control Application, PJCtrl is software that allows you to control the projectors on the network or
connected via RS232C cable. With this application, the Computer can control projectors on the network remotely.
1.2. System
The following diagram shows a typical network diagram for the Projector Tool.
RS-232C
LAN
HUB
LAN
LAN
LAN
LAN
Ethernet
/ RS-232C
Converter
RS-232C
 Use a UTP cable category 5 or higher for a Local Area Network cable.
 Use a cross type cable when using a serial cable.
 The Projector Control Application can control up to 5 of the same model projectors.
3
2. Installation
2.1. System Requirements
The minimum System requirements for the Projector Control Application are shown below.
(1) Operating System
Windows 2000 Professional
Windows XP
Home Edition / Professional
Windows Vista Home Basic / Home Premium / Business / Ultimate / Enterprise
Windows 7
Starter / Home Basic / Home Premium / Professional / Ultimate / Enterprise
(2) CPU
Pentium3 500MHz or higher
(3) Memory
128MB or higher
(4) Hard disc
Minimum 20MB free space for installation
(5) Serial port
This port is required to control projectors by RS-232C
(6) LAN port
This port is required to control projectors through a network
4
2.2. Projector Control Installation
Please follow next steps to install the software into your computer.
(1) Double click the file “Setup.exe”.
(2) Select the language (English, Japanese or Chinese [Simplified])
during the installation process. And then click [OK].
(3) Click [Next]
(4) Read “License Agreement” and select “I accept the terms of the
license agreement” and click [Next] if you agree the license
agreement. Otherwise, click [Cancel] and stop the installation.
(5) Confirm the program folder, and then click [Next].
5
(6) Confirm the install folder and program folder again, and then click
[Next].
(7) Click [Finish] to complete the Projector Control Application setup
wizard.
6
3. Operating Instructions
3.1. Create login accounts
The Projector Control Application requires a login name and password to launch the software. The Projector User
Administration Tool helps you to create new user accounts.
3.1.1. How to launch
Double Click “PJUsrEdit.exe” that is located on same folder
that you installed Projector Control Application.
It automatically launches the Projector User Administration
Tool, if no user accounts are created yet. Also Projector Control
Application has a short cut [File]  [User Configuration] to launch
Projector User Administration Tool.
3.1.2. How to exit
Select [File]  [Exit] from the menu or click [x] bottom of the top right corner. If the changes are made, you will be
required to confirm the changes.
3.1.3. Main Window
Menu
User List
(1) Menu
Menu
File
Edit
Sub Menu
Save
Exit
Add New User
Change User
Delete User
Description
Save user data
Exit
Create new user
Edit user account
Delete user account
(2) User List
The status in the User List is described below.
Row name
Description
User Name
Username (ID)
Description
Comment
Man
“●” shows that the user can access to the PJMan (Projector Management Tool)
Ctrl
“●” shows that the user can access to the PJCtrl (Projector Control Tool)
Img
”●” shows that the user can access to the PJImg (Projector Image Tool).
FTP
“●” shows that the user can access to the PJTransfer (Projector File Transfer Tool).
7
3.1.4. Creating new user account
Select [Edit]  [Add New User] or right clicks on the user list and
select [Add New User]. The following dialog window appears.
User Name
Description
User Rights
Select All
UnSel All
--- Define user name, up to 20 characters
--- Add comments, up to 50 characters
--- Define accessibility. It defines the
accessibility for the application software
by each user account. The user can use
allocation
only
marked
application
software.
--- Select all application software.
--- Unselect all application software.
Press [OK] button after entering user name. The [Change
Password] dialog appears. Enter new password and confirm entered
password. The password is up to 20 characters and case sensitive.
3.1.5. Edit user account
Double click a username on the user list or select [Edit]  [Change
User] after choosing user to open edit dialog. You can edit username,
description and accessibility (user rights).
Click the button to change password. Enter old and new password,
and re-enter new password to confirm.
3.1.6. Delete user account
Select [Edit]  [Delete User] or right click on the user list and select [Delete User]. The confirmation window will
popup.
3.1.7. Save user account
Select [File]  [Save]. The date is stored in the file,
“C:\Program Files\Common Files\Projector Tools\config\UserList”.
8
3.2. Start Application
Select Windows [Start]  [Program]  [Projector Tools]  [Projector
Control Application]. The login window is appeared.
Enter the username and password that is created by “Projector User
Administration Tool”. After logged in, a “Configuration” window is appeared.
Please refer the section 3.6 Configure Projector Settings on page 9. Once
the configuration is done, click [OK].
3.3. Main Window
Click the icon to perform each function. The functions are shown below.
[About] icon
[Image Send] icon
[Advanced] icon
[Freeze Off] icon
[Freeze On] icon
[Mute] icon
[Volume] icon
[Blank Off] icon
[Blank On] icon
[Input Source] icon
[Power Off] icon
[Power On] icon
[Configuration] icon
Note: Some icons may not show up depending on the model you choose. For example, [Image Send] icon is only
for the models CP-DW10N, CP-A100, CP-AW100N, CP-X205, CP-X206, CP-S245, CP-X255, CP-X256, CP-X265,
CP-X305, CP-X306, CP-X505, CP-X605, CP-X615, CP-WX625, CP-SX635, CP-X705, CP-X2010N, CP-X2011N,
CP-X2510N, CP-X2511N, CP-X3010N, CP-X3011N, CP-WX3011N, CP-X4011N, CP-X10000, CP-WX11000,
CP-SX12000, ED-A100, ED-A110, ED-AW100N, ED-AW110N, ED-D10N, ED-D11N, ED-X45N, ED-X8255,
CP-WUX645N, CP-X4021N, CP-X5021N, CP-WX4021N, CP-A220N, CP-A221N, CP-A222WN, CP-A300N,
CP-A301N, CP-A302WN, ED-A220N, CP-AW250N, CP-AW251N, CP-AW252WN, iPJ-AW250N, BZ-1,
CP-AW2519N, CP-X2514WN, CP-X3014WN, CP-X4014WN, CP-WX3014WN, CP-X2021WN, CP-X2521WN,
CP-X3021WN, CPX10WN, CPX11WN, CPWX12WN, CP-X8150, CP-X8160, CP-WX8240, CP-WX8255,
CP-SX8350, CP-WU8240, CP-WU8250, CP-X2015WN, CP-X2515WN, CP-X3015WN, CP-X4015WN,
CP-WX2515WN and CP-WX3015.
9
3.4. Exit Application
Right click the PJCtrl icon on the task tray at the right-bottom corner and
select [exit]. And click [Yes] on the confirmation window. Also you can click
the [x] icon on the right top corner of main window to exit application.
10
3.5. Application Minimization
You can hide the main window into the task tray to click the minimization icon on the window. Right click the
PJCtrl icon on the task tray and select [Show] to restore window.
3.6. Configure Projector Settings
You need to setup the projector settings such as connection type and projector model. Click the [Configuration]
icon to configure settings.
(1) Projector Model
Select a projector model that you want to control from the drop
down list. The icons on the main window and Advanced Control items
are vary due to the model differences.
The discovery feature is available on CPX2, CPX4, CP-DW10N,
CP-A100, CP-AW100N, CP-X205, CP-X206, CP-S245, CP-X255,
CP-X256, CP-X265, CP-X268A, CP-X305, CP-X306, CP-X308,
CP-X417, CP-X467, CP-X505, CP-X605, CP-X608, CP-X615,
CP-WX625, CP-SX635, CP-X2010N, CP-X2011N, CP-X2510N,
CP-X2511N, CP-X3010N, CP-X3011N, CP-WX3011N, CP-X4011N,
CP-X10000, CP-WX11000, CP-X12000, CP-X705, CP-X807,
CP-X809, ED-A100, ED-A110, ED-AW100N, ED-AW110N, ED-D10N,
ED-D11N, ED-X45N, ED-X8255, CP-WUX645N, CP-X4021N,
CP-X5021N, CP-WX4021N, CP-A220N, CP-A221N, CP-A222WN,
CP-A300N, CP-A301N, CP-A302WN, ED-A220N, CP-AW250N,
CP-AW251N, CP-AW252WN, iPJ-AW250N, BZ-1, CP-AW2519N,
CP-X2514WN, CP-X3014WN, CP-X4014WN, CP-WX3014WN,
CP-X2021WN, CP-X2521WN, CP-X3021WN, CPX10WN, CPX11WN,
CPWX12WN, CP-X8150, CP-X8160, CP-WX8240, CP-WX8255,
CP-SX8350, CP-WU8240, CP-WU8250, CP-X2015WN,
CP-X2515WN, CP-X3015WN, CP-X4015WN, CP-WX2515WN and
CP-WX3015WN.
The discovery feature will find all projectors on the network if the
discovery feature is supported. Once the discovery is done, the
discovery result is stored in the software and you can look up this
result from “Configuration” window.
[NOTE]
Windows Security Alert will be shown on your display when the discovery function activates, if Windows Firewall
is “On” on Windows XP SP2 or later. Please choose “Unblock” to add the software onto the exception list. Also
other firewall security software may block the discovery function. In that case, please add the software to the safe
list or disable firewall software when you use discovery function.
11
(2) Connection Setting
RS-232C
NETWORK
Projector List
--- Check the radio button and choose COM
port number for serial connection.
--- Check the radio button for network
connection. Please enter the IP address
of projector and port number. You can
choose the projector from the discovered
list if the discovery function is already
run. The default port number of
CP-X1250, CP-X1230, CP-X1200,
CP-SX1350, CP-X445 and CP-X443 is
23. The default of CPX2, CPX4,
CP-DW10N, CP-A100, CP-AW100N,
CP-X205, CP-X206, CP-S245, CP-X255,
CP-X256, CP-X265, CP-X268A,
CP-X305, CP-X306, CP-X308, CP-X417,
CP-X467, CP-X505, CP-X605, CP-X608,
CP-X615, CP-WX625, CP-SX635,
CP-X705, CP-X807, CP-X809,
CP-X2010N, CP-X2011N, CP-X2510N,
CP-X2511N, CP-X3010N, CP-X3011N,
CP-WX3011N, CP-X4011N, CP-X10000,
CP-WX11000, CP-SX12000, ED-A100,
ED-A110, ED-AW100N, ED-AW110N,
ED-D10N, ED-D11N, ED-X45N,
ED-X8255, CP-WUX645N, CP-X4021N,
CP-X5021N, CP-WX4021N, CP-A220N,
CP-A221N, CP-A222WN, CP-A300N,
CP-A301N, CP-A302WN, ED-A220N,
CP-AW250N, CP-AW251N,
CP-AW252WN, iPJ-AW250N, BZ-1,
CP-AW2519N, CP-X2514WN,
CP-X3014WN, CP-X4014WN,
CP-WX3014WN, CP-X2021WN,
CP-X2521WN, CP-X3021WN,
CPX10WN, CPX11WN, CPWX12WN,
CP-X8150, CP-X8160, CP-WX8240,
CP-WX8255, CP-SX8350, CP-WU8440,
CP-WU8450, CP-X2015WN,
CP-X2515WN, CP-X3015WN,
CP-X4015WN, CP-WX2515WN and
CP-WX3015WN is 23 or 9715.
--- The list shows the projectors that you register.
[Insert]
: Insert new projector into the projector list.
[Update] : Update selected projector setting and save changes.
[Delete] : Delete selected projector from the projector list.
 When you manage multiple projectors at the same time, you need to pick one projector
and select a checkbox in order to be a delegate for displaying CH selection and volume
level.
Please rarify IP settings to make sure the PJCtrl is able to communicate with the projector by ping command.
12
(3) Configure Bottoms
Click the Show Buttons TAB to configure which bottoms you
want to use. Check the checkbox that you want to show as the
button. The configuration window can be displayed if you make a
right click on the task tray icon.
Icon Size:
Also you can choose icon size from 24, 36 or 48 dots.
Always on top:
“Always on top” option allows that the PJCtrl application
always show up foreground.
(4) Option
Skip user check:
Check “skip user check” option if you don’t need the user login
process at application launch. If you need to check user account
at each time, uncheck this option.
Skip configuration dialog:
Check “skip configuration dialog” option if you don’t need to
show the configuration window at application launch.
User Configuration:
Launch Projector User Administration Tool.
Edit CH Label:
Display Edit CH Label window.
Configure CH label text that shows underneath each CH icon. The text length is depending on the icon size as
shown below.
Icon size 24x24: up to 4 characters
Icon size 36x36: up to 6 characters
Icon size 48x48: up to 8 characters
This is an example how CH label is looks like.
Update Interval:
Set the interval period to update CH status from the projector.
13
3.7. Buttons
Power ON:
Power the projector on.
Power OFF:
Power the projector off.
Input Source:
Switch the input source (CH).
The icon of current input
channel is shown as “selected”
icon (hollow). When you manage multiple projectors, the status of delegated projector is shown.
Blank ON:
Blank the screen.
Blank OFF:
Un-blank the screen.
Volume:
Volume up and down. The control bar appears when you click the icon. When you manage multiple projectors, the
delegated projector’s value is displayed. Please note that the value may not the same among multiple projectors.
Mute:
Sound mute. Toggled.
Freeze ON:
Freeze image.
Freeze OFF:
Unfreeze image.
14
3.8. Advanced Control
You can access the advanced control functions through Advanced Control Menu.
Click the “ADV” icon to open the advanced control window. Choose the target
projector to control.
Advanced control items are depending on the projector model.
■ CP-S210 / CP-S235 / CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Status
Error Status
Blank On /Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
CP-S210 / CP-S235
RGB / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X1200 / CP-X1250 / CP-X1350
M1-D / RGB / BNC / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X1230
RGB / BNC / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Lamp Time Error /
Cold Error / Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
15
[MAIN] Tab
Function
Keystone
Brightness
Contrast
Aspect
Whisper
Mirror
Language
Reset
General Description
Setting the Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350.
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Aspect
CP-S210 / CP-S235
4:3 / 16:9 / 15:9 / 32:15 / Wide / Zoom
CP-X1200 / CP-X1250
4:3 / 16:9 / Small / Normal
CP-X1230
4:3 / 16:9 / Small
CP-SX1350
4:3 / 16:9 / Small / Real / Normal
Setting the Whisper Mode
Normal / Whisper
Setting the Mirror display
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Language
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish
 For CP-SX1350, Turkish / Traditional Chinese is added to above language.
Initialize the selected Function.
CP-S210 / CP-S235
Brightness / Contrast / Keystone
CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350
Brightness / Contrast
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE-1] Tab
Function
Gamma
Custom Gamma
Color Temp
Custom User R
Custom User G
Custom User B
Color Bal R
Color Bal G
Color Bal B
Sharpness
Color
Tint
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Gamma.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Custom
Setting the Custom Gamma.
[-]: Decrease the Custom Gamma value.
[+]: Increase the Custom Gamma value.
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Middle / High / User
Setting the Color Temp (Red).
100 / 90 / 80 / 70 / 60 / 50
Setting the Color Temp (Green)
100 / 90 / 80 / 70 / 60 / 50
Setting the Color Temp (Blue)
100 / 90 / 80 / 70 / 60 / 50
Setting the Color Balance (Red)
[-]: Decrease the red value.
[+]: Increase the red value.
Setting the Color Balance (Green)
[-]: Decrease the green value.
[+]: Increase the green value.
Setting the Color Balance (Blue)
[-]: Decrease the blue value.
[+]: Increase the blue value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Load / Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function.
Color Bal R / Color Bal G / Color Bal B / Sharpness / Color / Tint
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
16
[PICTURE-2] Tab
Function
Position
H Phase
H Size
Over Scan
Reset
General Description
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Setting the Over Scan.
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Initialize the selected Function.
V Position / H Position / H Size / Over Scan
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Color Space
Component
Video Format
Frame Lock
3D-YCS
Video NR
Progressive
P.IN P. Input
P.IN P. Position
P.IN P. Audio
P.IN P. Size
Power Up Input
S2-Aspect
General Description
Setting the Color Space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the Video Format
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Frame Lock.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350.
Setting the 3D-YCS
CP-S210 / CP-S235
Off / Normal / Still Image
CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350
On / Off
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Middle / High
Setting the Progressive
Off / TV / FILM
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350.
Setting the P.IN P.
Video / S-Video
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting the P.IN P. position.
Upper Left / Upper Right / Bottom Left / Bottom Right
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting the P.IN P. Audio.
RGB / Video
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting P.IN P. Size
Off / Large / Small
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting which source will be input when power turned on.
Lash CH / M1-D / RGB / BNC / Video / S-Video / Component
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting the S2-Aspect
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-SX1350.
[AUTO] Tab
Function
Auto Adjust
Auto Power Off
Auto Power On
Auto Search
General Description
Execute Auto Adjust.
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease Auto Power Off time.
[+]: Increase Auto Power Off time.
Setting Auto Power On.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235 / CP-SX1350.
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
17
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Size
MyScreen Lock
Menu Position
Message
Reset
General Description
Setting the Blank Color.
CP-S210 / CP-S235
Blue / White / Black
CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
CP-S210 / CP-S235
On / Off
CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen size.
Full / x1
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235 / CP-SX1350.
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting the Menu Position
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting Message
Off / On
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Screen Type
IR Remote
IR Remote ID
Auto Adjust Enable
Lens Type
Lens Lock
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the speaker.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting the Screen Type.
4:3 / 16:9-Top / 16:9-Center / 16:9-Bottom
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X1200 / CP-X1230 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350.
Setting the IR Remote.
Front (Off / On)
Rear (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting the IR Remote ID.
All / 1 / 2 / 3
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235 / CP-X1230.
Setting the Auto Adjust Enable.
Disable / Enable
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting the Lens Type.
Auto / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235 / CP-X1230.
Setting the Lens Lock
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
18
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Keystone V
Keystone H
Reset
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
CP-S210 / CP-S235
RGB / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X1200 / CP-X1250 / CP-SX1350
M1-D / RGB / BNC / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X1230
RGB / BNC / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the Vertical Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the V Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the V Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Setting the Horizontal Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the H Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the H Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S210 / CP-S235.
19
■ CP-S225 / CP-S318 / CP-X328 / CP-X880 / CP-X885 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 / ED-X3280
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Status
Error Status
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
CP-S225
RGB / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-S318 / CP-X328
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X880 / CP-X885
DVI / RGB / BNC(RGB) / Video / S-Video / Component / BNC(Component)
ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 / ED-X3280
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Lamp Time Error /
Cold Error / Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[MAIN] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Aspect
Picture Position
Gamma
Mirror
Language
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Aspect
4:3 / 16:9 / Small
Setting the Picture Position when the aspect is 16:9 / Small.
Default / Bottom / Top
Setting the Gamma.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic
Setting the Mirror display
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Chinese / Korean
Initialize the selected Function.
Brightness / Contrast
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
20
[PICTURE-1] Tab
Function
Color Bal R
Color Bal B
Sharpness
Color
Tint
Reset
General Description
Setting the Color Balance (Red)
[-]: Decrease the red value.
[+]: Increase the red value.
Setting the Color Balance (Blue)
[-]: Decrease the blue value.
[+]: Increase the blue value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Initialize the selected Function.
Color Bal R / Color Bal B / Sharpness / Color / Tint
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE-2] Tab
Function
POSITION
H Phase
H Size
Over Scan
Reset
General Description
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Setting the Over Scan.
Small / Middle / Large
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225.
Initialize the selected Function.
V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
BNC
Auto Adjust
Video Format
HDTV
Sync On G
P.IN P. Input
P.IN P. Position
P.IN P. Audio
P.IN P. Size
General Description
Setting the BNC Signal Type.
RGB / Component
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225 / CP-S318 / CP-X328 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 /
ED-X3280.
Execute the Auto Adjust.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X880 / CP-X885
Setting the Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDTV signal mode.
1080i / 1035i
 This Function is not displayed for ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 / ED-X3280.
Setting the Sync On G mode.
Off / On
Setting the P.IN P. Input.
Video / S-Video
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225 / CP-S318 / CP-X328 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 /
ED-X3280.
Setting the P.IN P. Position.
Upper Left / Upper Right / Bottom Left / Bottom Right
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225 / CP-S318 / CP-X328 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 /
ED-X3280.
Setting the P.IN P. Audio.
RGB / Video
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225 / CP-S318 / CP-X328 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 /
ED-X3280.
Setting P. IN P. Size.
Off / Large / Small
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225 / CP-S318 / CP-X328 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 /
ED-X3280.
21
[AUTO] Tab
This tab is displayed for CP-X880 / CP-X885.
Function
Auto Adjust
Auto Keystone
Auto Power Off
General Description
Execute Auto Adjust.
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting Auto Power Off.
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Size
My Screen Lock
General Description
Setting the Blank Color
CP-S225
Blue / White / Black
CP-S318 / CP-X328 / CP-X880 / CP-X885 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 / ED-X3280
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
CP-S225
On / Off
CP-S318 / CP-X328 / CP-X880 / CP-X885 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 / ED-X3280
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen size.
Full / x1
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225.
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Volume
Auto Power Off
Whisper
IR Remote
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting Auto Power Off.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X880 / CP-X885.
Setting the Whisper Mode
Normal / Whisper
Setting the IR Remote.
Front (Off / On)
Rear (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225 / CP-S318 / CP-X328 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 /
ED-X3280.
22
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Keystone V
Keystone H
Reset
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
CP-S225
RGB / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-S318 / CP-X328
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X880 / CP-X885
RGB / BNC(RGB) / Video / S-Video / DVI / Component / BNC(Component)
ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 / ED-X3280
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal /Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the Vertical Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the V Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the V Keystone value.
Setting the Horizontal Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the H Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the H Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S225.
Initialize the selected Function.
CP-S225
Keystone V
CP-S318 / CP-X328 / CP-X880 / CP-X885 / ED-S3170 / ED-X3270 / ED-X3280
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
23
■ CP-S220 / CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-X990 / CP-X995 / CP-SX5600
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On
Display the Input source status.
CP-S220
RGB / Video / S-Video
CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-X990 / CP-X995 / CP-SX5600
DVI / RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Blank status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Lamp Time Error /
Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] / [SETUP] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Position
H Phase
H Size
Sharpness
Color
Tint
Color Bal R
Color Bal B
Aspect
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the Color Balance (Red)
[-]: Decrease the red value.
[+]: Increase the red value.
Setting the Color Balance (Blue)
[-]: Decrease the blue value.
[+]: Increase the blue value.
Setting the Aspect.
CP-S220 / CP-X990 / CP-X995
4:3 / 16:9 / Small
CP-S420 / CP-X430
4:3,Full / 16:9 / Small
CP-SX5600
4:3,Full / 16:9 / Small / Real
Initialize the selected Function.
Sharpness / Color / Tint / Color Bal R / Color Bal B
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized
 The tab name becomes ‘PICTURE’ for CP-X990 / CP-X995 / CP-SX5600, and ‘SETUP’ for CP-S220 / CP-S420 /
CP-X430.
24
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Auto Adjust
Video Format
Video NR
Progressive
Black
HDTV
General Description
Execute Auto Adjust.
Setting the Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Video NR.
Off / On
This Function is not displayed for CP-S220 / CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-SX5600.
Setting the Progressive
Off / TV / FILM
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220 / CP-S420 / CP-X430.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220 / CP-S420 / CP-X430.
Setting the HDTV signal mode.
1080i / 1035i
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Keystone
Blank
Startup
Mirror
P.IN P. Input
P.IN P. Position
P.IN P. Audio
P.IN P. Size
Gamma
Reset
General Description
Setting the Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-X990 / CP-X995 / CP-SX5600.
Setting the Blank Color.
CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-X990 / CP-X995
Red / Orange / Green / Blue / Purple / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
CP-S220 / CP-SX5600
Red / Orange / Green / Blue / Purple / White / Black
Setting the Startup screen.
CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-X990 / CP-X995
Original / Off / MyScreen
CP-S220 / CP-SX5600
On / Off
Setting the Mirror display
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the P.IN P. Input.
CP-S420 / CP-X430
Video / S-Video
CP-X990 / CP-X995 / CP-SX5600
Video / S-Video / Component
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Setting the P. IN P. Position.
Upper Left / Upper Right / Bottom Left / Bottom Right
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Setting the P.IN P. Audio.
RGB / Video
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Setting the P. IN P. Size
Off / Large / Small
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Setting the Gamma.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-X990 / CP-X995 / CP-SX5600.
25
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Volume
Menu Color
Language
Auto Power Off
Sync On G
Whisper
IR Remote
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Menu Color
Red / Orange / Green / Blue / Purple / Transparent / Gray
Setting the Language
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease Auto Power Off time.
[+]: Increase Auto Power Off time.
Setting Sync On G
Off / On
Setting the Whisper mode
Normal / Whisper
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Setting the IR Remote.
Front (Off / On)
Rear (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220 / CP-X990 / CP-X995 / CP-SX5600.
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Display Position
Keystone V
Keystone H
Zoom
Focus
Reset
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
CP-S220
RGB / Video / S-Video
CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-X990 / CP-X995 / CP-SX5600
DVI / RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting the Display Position when the aspect is 16:9 / Small
Default / Bottom / Top
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Setting the Vertical Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the V Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the V Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Setting the Horizontal Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the H Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the H Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
Setting Zoom.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220 / CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-SX5600.
Setting Focus.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220 / CP-S420 / CP-X430 / CP-SX5600.
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S220.
26
■ CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 /
CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 /
ED-X8255
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On/ Cool down
Display the Input source status.
CP-RS55 / CP-RS60
RGB / Video / S-Video
CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX61
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video
CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X444 /
ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 / ED-X8250
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X443 / CP-X445
DVI / RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Lamp Time Error /
Cold Error / Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Progressive
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Middle / High / Custom
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X443 / CP-X445.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load/Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
27
Gamma -CustomFunction
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
Color Temp -CustomFunction
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value
28
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61
4:3 / 16:9 / Normal
CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X443 /
CP-X444 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 / ED-X8255
4:3 / 16:9 / Small / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[VIDEO QLTY.] Tab
This tab is displayed for CP-X443 / CP-X445.
Function
Progressive
3D-YCS
Video NR
General Description
Setting the Progressive
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the 3D-YCS
Off / Normal / Still Image
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Middle / High
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Color Space
Component
Video Format
Frame Lock
DVI
General Description
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61.
Setting the Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Frame Lock.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445.
Setting the DVI Signal Type.
DVD / Computer
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S240
/ CP-X245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X444 / ED-S3350 /
ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 / ED-X8255.
29
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Electric Zoom
Keystone
Whisper
Mirror
Volume
Stereo
IR Remote
Audio-RGB1
Audio-RGB2
Audio-Video
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Component
Reset
General Description
Setting the Electric Zoom
[-]: Decrease the Electric Zoom value.
[+]: Increase the Electric Zoom value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 /CP-S335 / CP-X340 /
CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 / ED-X8255.
Setting the Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445.
Setting the Whisper.
Normal / Whisper
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Stereo.
Mono / Stereo
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 /CP-S335 / CP-X340 /
CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 / ED-X8255.
Setting the IR Remote.
Front (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 /CP-S335 / CP-X340 /
CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 / ED-X8255.
Setting the Audio-RGB1
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S335
/ CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X443 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450.
Setting the Audio-RGB2
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S335
/ CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X443 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450.
Setting the Audio-Video
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S335
/ CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X443 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450.
Setting the Audio-S-Video
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S335
/ CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X443 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450.
Setting the Audio-Component
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S335
/ CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X443 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450.
Initialize the selected Function.
CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61
Keystone / Electric Zoom
CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 /
ED-X3450 / ED-X8255
Keystone
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X443 / CP-X445.
30
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
OSD Bright.
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 /
CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445 / ED-X8255
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese
CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the OSD Brightness.
[-]: Decrease the OSD Brightness.
[+]: Increase the OSD Brightness.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
One Touch
Auto Search
Auto Power Off
Auto Adjust Enable
General Description
Setting One Touch.
Auto Keystone V Off / Auto Keystone V On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 /CP-S335 / CP-X340 /
CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 / ED-X8255.
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Power Off
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting Auto Adjust Enable
Disable / Enable
 This Function is not displayed for CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 /
ED-X3450.
31
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Mode
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
e-SHOT
Keystone V
Keystone H
Auto Keystone V
Reset
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
CP-RS55 / CP-RX60
RGB / Video / S-Video
CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX61
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video
CP-S240 / CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X444 /
ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 / ED-X8255
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X443 / CP-X445
DVI / RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting e-SHOT
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S240
/ CP-X250 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / CP-X440 / CP-X443 / CP-X444 / CP-X445 / ED-S3350 /
ED-X3400 / ED-X3450.
Setting the Vertical Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the V Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the V Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S240
/ CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450 /
ED-X8255.
Setting the Horizontal Keystone.
[-]: Decrease the H Keystone value.
[+]: Increase the H Keystone value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S240
/ CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X440 / CP-X444 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 /
ED-X3450 / ED-X8255.
Execute Auto Keystone V
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S240
/ CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X440 / CP-X444 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 /
ED-X3450 / ED-X8255.
Initialize the selected Function.
CP-X440 / CP-X444
Keystone V
CP-X443 / CP-X445
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-RS55 / CP-RS56 / CP-RS57 / CP-RX60 / CP-RX61 / CP-S240
/ CP-S245 / CP-X250 / CP-X255 / CP-S335 / CP-X340 / CP-X345 / ED-S3350 / ED-X3400 / ED-X3450
/ ED-X8255.
32
■ CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 /
CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807
/ CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
CPX2
Computer / Video / S-Video / MIU
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X253
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video
CP-X268A
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
CP-X308
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
CP-WX410
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X417
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
CP-X505 / CP-X605
RGB1 / RGB2 / M1-D / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X600
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X608
RGB1 / RGB2 / M1-D / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X807 / CP-X809
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Lamp Time Error /
Cold Error / Filter Error / Lens Door Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
33
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
CPX2 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 /
CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
CPX2 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 /
CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Active Iris.
Off / Theater / Presentation
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 /
ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
34
[Gamma -Custom-]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Color Temp -Custom-]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
35
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 /
CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 /
CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 /
CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
4:3 / 16:9 / 14:9 / Small / Normal
CP-A100 / ED-A100 / ED-A110
4:3 / 16:9 / 14:9 / Normal
CP-WX410 / CP-WX625
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Real / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
3D-YCS
Color Space
Component
C-Video Format
S-Video Format
HDMI
M1-D
Frame Lock
Frame Lock-RGB1
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the 3D-YCS
Off / Movie / Still Image
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 /
ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X253.
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Signal Type.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 /
ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the M1-D Signal Type.
Normal / Enhanced
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X600 / CP-X615 /
CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Frame Lock.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-A100 / CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 /
CP-401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
/ ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Frame Lock-RGB1.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
36
Frame Lock-Computer1
Frame Lock-RGB2
Frame Lock-Computer2
Frame Lock-HDMI
RGB IN-1
Computer in-1
RGB IN-2
Computer in-2
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer1.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 /
CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X400 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809.
Setting the Frame Lock-RGB2.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer2.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 /
CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X400 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809.
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 /
ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the RGB IN-1 Signal Type.
CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
Sync On G Off / Auto
CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608
Sync On G Off / Sync On G On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X253 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 /
CP-X417 / CP-X450 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
CPX2 / CP-X253
Sync On G Off / Auto
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X-205 / CP-X206 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33
Sync On G Off / Sync On G On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X505 /
CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809.
Setting the RGB IN-2 Signal Type.
CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
Sync On G Off / Auto
CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608
Sync On G Off / Sync On G On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X253 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 /
CP-X417 / CP-X450 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
CP-X253
Sync On G Off / Auto
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X-205 / CP-X206 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33
Sync On G Off / Sync On G On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809.
37
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone
Keystone V
Keystone H
Whisper
Mirror
Volume
Speaker
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Audio-RGB1
Audio-Computer1
Audio-RGB2
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-A100 / ED-A100 / ED-A110.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Keystone H.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone H value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone H value.
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33.
Setting the Whisper.
CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 /
CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 /
CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 /
CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
Normal / Whisper
ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Bright / Normal
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807
/ CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 /
CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 /
ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the D-Zoom.
[-]: Decrease the D-Zoom.
[+]: Increase the D-Zoom.
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift H.
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-RGB1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X253 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 /
CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 /
CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-Computer1.
CP-A100/ CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 / ED-A100 /
ED-A110
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
CP-X253
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 /
CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 /
CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-RGB2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X253 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 /
CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 /
CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
38
Audio-Computer2
Audio-HDMI
Audio-Video
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Component
Audio-MIU
HDMI Audio
Standby Mode
Monitor Out-RGB1
Monitor Out-Computer1
Setting the Audio-Computer2.
CP-A100/ CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 / ED-A100 /
ED-A110
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
CP-X253
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / P-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 /
CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 /
CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809.
Setting the Audio-HDMI.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio HDMI
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-Video.
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / XP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 /
CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 / ED-A100 / ED-A110
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
CP-X253
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X253 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 /
CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 /
CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / XP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 /
CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 / ED-A100 / ED-A110
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
CP-X253
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X253 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 /
CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 /
CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X253 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 /
CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 /
CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-MIU.
CP-X268A / CP-X308 / CP-X417
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio MIU
CPX2
Off / Audio in / MIU
 This Function is not displayed for CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X400 /
CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 /
CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33.
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 /
ED-A100 / ED-A110.
Setting the Monitor Out-RGB1.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer1.
Off / Computer1
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
/ ED-A100 / ED-A110.
39
Monitor Out-RGB2
Monitor Out-Computer2
Monitor Out-HDMI
Monitor Out-Video
Monitor Out-S-Video
Monitor Out-Component
Monitor Out-MIU
Monitor Out Standby
Reset
Setting the Monitor Out-RGB2.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer2.
Off / Computer2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / P-X417 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 /
ED-A100 / ED-A110.
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
CP-WX410
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
CP-X809
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
CP-WX625 / CP-X809
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / ED-X31/ ED-X33
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110.
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
CP-WX625 / CP-X809
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110.
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
CP-WX625 / CP-X809
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110.
Setting the Monitor Out-MIU.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 /
CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 /
ED-A100 / ED-A110.
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
CP-WX625 / CP-X809
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110.
Initialize the selected Function.
CP-A100 / ED-A100 / ED-A110
Keystone V / D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H
CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 /
CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 /
CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Keystone V
CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 /
CP-X807 / CP-X809
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
40
[AUDIO] Tab
This tab is displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600
/ CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Function
Volume
Treble
Bass
SRS WOW
Speaker
Audio-RGB1
Audio-Computer1
Audio-RGB2
Audio-Computer2
Audio-M1-D
Audio-HDMI
Audio-Video
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Component
Audio-MIU
Audio Out Standby
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Treble.
[-]: Decrease the Treble.
[+]: Increase the Treble.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X450 / CP-X600 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Bass.
[-]: Decrease the Bass.
[+]: Increase the Bass.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X450 / CP-X600 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the SRS WOW.
Off / Mid / High
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X450 / CP-X600 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-RGB1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-Computer1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625
/ CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809.
Setting the Audio-RGB2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-Computer2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625
/ CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809.
Setting the Audio-M1-D.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X450 / CP-X600 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-HDMI.
CP-WX410
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio HDMI
CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4 / Audio HDMI
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio-Video.
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-Component.
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-MIU.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4 / Audio MIU
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410
/ CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
CP-WX625 / CP-X809
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 /
CP-X807.
41
HDMI Audio
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
PbyP
PbyP Sub Source
PbyP Main Area
PbyP Main Source
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 /
CP-X417 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 /
ED-A110.
Setting the PbyP.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33.
Setting the PbyP Sub Source.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33.
Setting the PbyP Main Area.
Left / Right
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33.
Setting the PbyP Main Source.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 /
CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 /
CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 /
ED-X33.
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
42
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Auto On
Auto Off
My Button-1
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
 This Function is not displayed for CP-A100 / ED-A100 / ED-A100.
Setting Auto On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
CP-A100 / ED-A100 / ED-A110
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / Volume- / AV Mute / Other
CPX2
Computer / Video / S-Video / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X200 / CP-X300 / CP-X400
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X201 / CP-X301 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mite / Template / Other
CP-X205 / CP-X305
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X206 / CP-X306
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / My Image / AV Mite / Template / Other
CP-X251 / CP-X260
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X253
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X256 / CP-X265
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X268A
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X308
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / Volume- /
Live Mode / Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media
CP-WX410
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template / Other
CP-X417
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / Volume- /
Live Mode / Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media
CP-X505 / CP-X605
RGB1 / RGB2 / M1-D / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X600
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X608
RGB1 / RGB2 / M1-D / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X615 / CP-X705
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / e-SHOT / Volume+ / Volume- / AV Mute
CP-WX625
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / My Image / AV Mute / PbyP Swap / Other
CP-X807
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / e-SHOT / AV Mute / Template / Live Mode /
Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media
CP-X809
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / My Image / AV Mute / Template / Live Mode /
Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media / Other
43
My Button-2
My Source
Setting My Button-2.
CP-A100 / ED-A100 / ED-A110
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / Volume- / AV Mute / Other
CPX2
Computer / Video / S-Video / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X200 / CP-X300 / CP-X400
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X201 / CP-X301 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mite / Template / Other
CP-X205 / CP-X305
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X206 / CP-X306
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / My Image / AV Mite / Template / Other
CP-X251 / CP-X260
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X253
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X256 / CP-X265
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X268A
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X308
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / Volume- /
Live Mode / Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media
CP-WX410
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template / Other
CP-X417
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / e-SHOT / Volume+ / Volume- /
Live Mode / Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media
CP-X505 / CP-X605
RGB1 / RGB2 / M1-D / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X600
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X608
RGB1 / RGB2 / M1-D / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / e-SHOT / Volume+ / VolumeCP-X615 / CP-X705
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / e-SHOT / Volume+ / Volume- / AV Mute
CP-WX625
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / My Image / AV Mute / PbyP Swap / Other
CP-X807
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / e-SHOT / AV Mute / Template / Live Mode /
Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media
CP-X809
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / My Image / AV Mute / Template / Live Mode /
Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media / Other
Setting the My Source.
CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-WX410
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-WX625
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X809
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 /
CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X417 /
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110.
44
C.C. Display
C.C. Mode
C.C. Channel
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X251 /
CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X400 / CP-X505 / CP-X600
CP-X705 / CP-X807.
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X251 /
CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X400 / CP-X505 / CP-X600
CP-X705 / CP-X807.
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X251 /
CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X400 / CP-X505 / CP-X600
CP-X705 / CP-X807.
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 /
/ CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 /
/ CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 /
/ CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 /
[Service]
Function
Auto Adjust
IR Remote
IR Remote
Frequency Normal
IR Remote
Frequency High
Focus Lock
General Description
Setting the Auto Adjust.
CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X253 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 /
CP-X305 / CP-X306 / CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X615 /
CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Disable / Fast / Fine
CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote.
CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809
Front (Off / On)
Rear (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
CP-A100 / ED-A100 / ED-A110
Front (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
Setting the Focus Lock.
Off / On.
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
45
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Mode
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
e-SHOT
My Image
Focus
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
CPX2
Computer / Video / S-Video / MIU
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-X450 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X251 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X253
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video
CP-X268A
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
CP-X308
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
CP-WX410
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X417
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
CP-X505 / CP-X605
RGB1 / RGB2 / M1-D / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X600
RGB1 / RGB2 / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X608
RGB1 / RGB2 / M1-D / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
CP-X807 / CP-X809
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
Setting the Picture Mode.
CPX2 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X505 / CP-X600 /
CP-X605 / CP-X608
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Custom
CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 /
CP-X809 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the e-SHOT.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 / CP-X253 / CP-X260 /
CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X306 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X450 / CP-X600 /
CP-WX625 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting the My Image.
CP-X206 / CP-X306 / CP-WX625 / CP-X809
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-A100 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X251 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X308 /
CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 / CP-X608 /
CP-X615 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
Setting Focus.
 This Function is not displayed for CPX2 / CP-X200 / CP-X201 / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X251 /
CP-X253 / CP-X256 / CP-X260 / CP-X265 / CP-X268A / CP-X300 / CP-X301 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X308 / CP-X400 / CP-X401 / CP-WX410 / CP-X417 / CP-X450 / CP-X505 / CP-X600 / CP-X605 /
CP-X608 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-X705 / CP-X807 / CP-X809 / ED-X31 / ED-X33.
46
■ CPX4
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in / Video / S-Video / MIU
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Lamp Time Error /
Cold Error / Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
47
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
48
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 14:9 / Small / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
C-Video Format
S-Video Format
Frame Lock-Computer in
Computer in
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in.
Off / On
Setting the Computer in Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Whisper
Mirror
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Whisper.
Normal / Whisper
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Audio-Computer
Audio-MIU
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Video
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Audio-Computer.
Off / Audio in
Setting the Audio MIU.
Off / Audio in / Audio MIU
Setting the Audio Video.
Off / Audio in
Setting the Audio Video.
Off / Audio in
49
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Auto on
Auto off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting Auto On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer / Video / S-Video / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / My Image / AV Mute / Volume+ / Volume- / Template / Live Mode /
Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media / Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer / Video / S-Video / MIU / Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / My Image / AV Mute / Volume+ / Volume- / Template / Live Mode /
Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media / Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer / Video / S-Video / MIU
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
[C.C.] Tab
Function
Display
Mode
Channel
General Description
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
50
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in / Video / S-Video / MIU
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
51
■ CP-A52 / ED-A101 / ED-A111
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Lens Door Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
52
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
53
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
Frame Lock-Computer1
Frame Lock-Computer2
Computer in 1
Computer in 2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer2.
Off / On
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
54
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Keystone V
Keystone H
Whisper
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out-Computer1
Monitor Out-Computer2
Monitor Out-Component
Monitor Out-S-Video
Monitor Out-Video
Monitor Out-Standby
General Description
Setting the D-Zoom.
[-]: Decrease the D-Zoom.
[+]: Increase the D-Zoom.
Setting the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift H.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Keystone H.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone H value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone H value.
Setting the Whisper.
CP-A52
Normal / Whisper
ED-A101 / ED-A111
Bright / Normal
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer1.
Off / Computer1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer2.
Off / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Reset
General Description
Setting the Perfect Fit.
Off / On
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Initialize the selected Function.
Perfect Fit
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
55
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio-Computer1
Audio-Computer2
Audio-Component
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Video
Audio Out Standby
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Computer2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto on
Auto off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / AV Mite / Template / Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / AV Mite / Template / Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
56
[C.C.] Tab
Function
Display
Mode
Channel
General Description
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Template On/Off
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Template.
Off / On
57
■ CP-X467
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Status
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
58
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
59
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 14:9 / Small / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
HDMI
Frame Lock-Computer1
Frame Lock-Computer2
Frame Lock-HDMI
Computer in-1
Computer in-2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Signal Type.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer2.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
60
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Keystone H
Whisper
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out-Computer1
Monitor Out-Computer2
Monitor Out-HDMI
Monitor Out-MIU
Monitor Out-Component
Monitor Out-S-Video
Monitor Out-Video
Monitor Out-Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Keystone H.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone H value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone H value.
Setting the Whisper.
Normal / Whisper
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer1.
Off / Computer1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer2.
Off / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-MIU.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Reset
General Description
Setting the Perfect Fit.
Off / On
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Initialize the selected Function.
Perfect Fit
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
61
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio-Computer1
Audio-Computer2
Audio-HDMI
Audio-MIU
Audio-Component
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Computer2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-HDMI.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio HDMI
Setting the Audio-MIU.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio MIU
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Auto on
Auto off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
Setting Auto On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template /
My Image / Live Mode / Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media / Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template /
My Image / Live Mode / Thumbnail / Slide Show / Directory / Remove Media / Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
62
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
[C.C.] Tab
Function
Display
Mode
Channel
General Description
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
My Image
My Image Delete
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer1 / Computer2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / MIU
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
63
■ CP-SX635
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Active Iris.
Off / Theater / Presentation
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
64
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
65
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Real / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
3D-YCS
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
HDMI
Frame Lock-RGB1
Frame Lock-RGB2
Frame Lock-HDMI
RGB in-1
RGB in-2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the 3D-YCS
Off / Movie / Still Image
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Signal Type.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Frame Lock-RGB1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-RGB2.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
Setting the RGB IN-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the RGB IN-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
66
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Keystone H
Whisper
Mirror
Monitor Out-RGB1
Monitor Out-RGB2
Monitor Out-HDMI
Monitor Out-Component
Monitor Out-S-Video
Monitor Out-Video
Monitor Out-Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Keystone H.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone H value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone H value.
Setting the Whisper.
Normal / Whisper
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Monitor Out-RGB1.
Off / RGB1
Setting the Monitor Out-RGB2.
Off / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Treble
Bass
Speaker
Audio-RGB1
Audio-RGB2
Audi-HDMI
Audio-Component
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Treble.
[-]: Decrease the Treble.
[+]: Increase the Treble.
Setting the Bass.
[-]: Decrease the Bass.
[+]: Increase the Bass.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-RGB1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-RGB2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-HDMI.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4 / Audio HDMI
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
67
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Auto On
Auto Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
Setting Auto On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / My Image / AV Mute / Template / Other
Setting My Button-2.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / My Image / AV Mute / Template / Other
Setting the My Source.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
[Service]
Function
IR Remote
IR Remote
Frequency Normal
IR Remote
Frequency High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote.
Front (Off / On)
Rear (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
[C.C.] Tab
Function
Display
Mode
Channel
General Description
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
68
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
My Image
My Image Delete
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
69
■ CP-X2010 / CP-X2010N / CP-X2510 / CP-X2510N / CP-X3010 / CP-X3010N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Active Iris.
Off / Theater / Presentation
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X2010 / CP-X2010N.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
70
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
71
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
Computer in1
Computer in2
Frame Lock - Computer in1
Frame Lock - Computer in2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out - Computer in1
Monitor Out - Computer in2
Monitor Out - Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Eco Mode.
Normal / Eco
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer in1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
72
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source Component
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer in1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Brasileiro
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
73
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct On
Auto Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting Direct On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template /
My Image / Messenger
 Active Iris is not displayed for CP-X2010 / CP-X2010N.
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information /
Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template /
My Image / Messenger
 Active Iris is not displayed for CP-X2010 / CP-X2010N.
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
My Image
My Image Delete
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
74
■ CP-X10000 / CP-WX11000 / CP-SX12000
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video1 / Video 2 / S-Video / Component / BNC / DVI-D
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Shutter Error / Lens Shift Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Active Iris.
Manual / Theater / Presentation
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
75
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
76
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Normal / Small / Native / Full
 Small is not displayed for CP-WX11000.
 Native is not displayed for CP-X10000.
 Full is not displayed for CP-X10000 and CP-SX12000.
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
3D-YCS
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
Video 1 Format
Video 2 Format
HDMI Format
DVI-D Format
HDMI Range
DVI-D Range
Computer in 1
Computer in 2
BNC
Frame Lock - Computer in 1
Frame Lock - Computer in 2
Frame Lock - BNC
Frame Lock - HDMI
Frame Lock - DVI-D
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the 3D-YCS
Off / Movie / Still Image
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Video 1 Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Video 2 Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Format.
Auto / Video / Computer
Setting the DVI-D Format.
Auto / Video / Computer
Setting the HDMI Range.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the DVI-D Range.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the BNC Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-BNC.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-DVI-D.
Off / On
77
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Keystone H
Eco Mode
Mirror
Monitor Out - Computer in 1
Monitor Out - Computer in 2
Monitor Out - BNC
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - DVI-D
Monitor Out - Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video 1
Monitor Out - Video 2
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Keystone H.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone H value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone H value.
Setting the Eco Mode.
Normal / Eco
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out-BNC.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out-DVI-D.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out-Video 1.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out-Video 2.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2 / BNC
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Arabian / Persian
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
78
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Source Skip - Computer in 1
Source Skip - Computer in 2
Source Skip - BNC
Source Skip - HDMI
Source Skip - DVI-D
Source Skip
- Component
Source Skip - S-Video
Source Skip - Video 1
Source Skip - Video 2
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct On
Auto Off
Shutter Timer
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Button-3
My Button-4
My Source
General Description
Setting the Source Skip-Computer in1.
Normal / Skip
Setting the Source Skip-Computer in2.
Normal / Skip
Setting the Source Skip-BNC.
Normal / Skip
Setting the Source Skip-HDMI.
Normal / Skip
Setting the Source Skip-DVI-D.
Normal / Skip
Setting the Source Skip-Component.
Normal / Skip
Setting the Source Skip-S-Video.
Normal / Skip
Setting the Source Skip-Video 1.
Normal / Skip
Setting the Source Skip-Video 2.
Normal / Skip
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
Setting Direct On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting Shutter Timer.
1h / 3h / 6h
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / BNC / HDMI / DVI-D / Video1 / Video2 / S-Video / Component /
Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset /
Template / PbyP Swap / Lens Memory-1 / Lens Memory-2 / Lens Memory-3 / My Image
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / BNC / HDMI / DVI-D / Video1 / Video2 / S-Video / Component /
Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset /
Template / PbyP Swap / Lens Memory-1 / Lens Memory-2 / Lens Memory-3 / My Image
Setting My Button-3.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / BNC / HDMI / DVI-D / Video1 / Video2 / S-Video / Component /
Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset /
Template / PbyP Swap / Lens Memory-1 / Lens Memory-2 / Lens Memory-3 / My Image
Setting My Button-4.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / BNC / HDMI / DVI-D / Video1 / Video2 / S-Video / Component /
Information / Auto Keystone Execute / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset /
Template / PbyP Swap / Lens Memory-1 / Lens Memory-2 / Lens Memory-3 / My Image
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video1 / Video 2 / S-Video / Component / BNC / DVI-D
[Service]
Function
IR Remote
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
Remote ID
General Description
Setting the IR Remote.
Front (Off / On)
Rear (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote ID.
All / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4
79
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Freeze
Magnify
Template On/Off
Shutter
Zoom
Focus
Lens Shift
Lens Memory
PbyP
PbyP Left Source
PbyP Right Source
PbyP Main Area
My Image
My Image Delete
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video1 / Video 2 / S-Video / Component / BNC / DVI-D
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Shutter.
Off / On
Setting the Zoom.
[-]: Decrease the Zoom.
[+]: Increase the Zoom.
Setting Focus.
Setting the Lens Shift.
[ ]: Increase the Lens Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the Lens Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the Lens Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the Lens Shift H.
Load/Save the Lens Memory data.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Clear-1 / Clear-2 / Clear-3
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Setting PbyP.
Off / On
Setting PbyP Left Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video1 / Video 2 / S-Video / Component / BNC / DVI-D
Setting PbyP Right Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video1 / Video 2 / S-Video / Component / BNC / DVI-D
Setting PbyP Main Area.
Left / Right
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
80
■ CP-X4020
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Active Iris.
Manual / Theater / Presentation
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
81
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
82
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
Computer in 1
Computer in 2
Frame Lock - Computer in 1
Frame Lock - Computer in 2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Eco Mode
Mirror
Monitor Out - Computer in 1
Monitor Out - Computer in 2
Monitor Out - Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Eco Mode.
Normal / Eco
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer on1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
83
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source Component
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer in1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct On
Auto Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
Setting Direct On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
84
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Off / On
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Off / On
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
85
■ CP-D10 / CP-D20
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
86
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
87
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
Computer in 1
Computer in 2
Frame Lock - Computer in 1
Frame Lock - Computer in 2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
88
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Picture Position
Keystone V
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out - Computer in 1
Monitor Out - Computer in 2
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Setting the D-Zoom.
[-]: Decrease the D-Zoom.
[+]: Increase the D-Zoom.
Setting the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift H.
Setting the Picture Position.
Top / Mid / Bottom
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Eco Mode.
Normal / Eco
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer on1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H / Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer in1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
89
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle1 / Circle2 / Map1 / Map2
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Direct Power On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Information / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Information / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Off / On
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Off / On
90
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
Magnify Position V
Magnify Position H
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Magnify Position V.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Magnify Position H.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
91
■ CP-DW10N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
92
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
93
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in 1
Computer in 2
Frame Lock - Computer in 1
Frame Lock - Computer in 2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Format.
Auto / Video / Computer
Setting the HDMI Range.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
94
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Pict. Posit. H
Keystone V
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out - Computer in 1
Monitor Out - Computer in 2
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Setting the D-Zoom.
[-]: Decrease the D-Zoom.
[+]: Increase the D-Zoom.
Setting the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift H.
Setting the Picture Position H.
Left / Mid / Right
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Eco Mode.
Normal / Eco
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer on1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H / Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio Source-Computer in1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-HDMI.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio HDMI
Setting the Audio Source-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
95
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle1 / Circle2 /Map1 / Map2
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Direct Power On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / My Image / Messenger / Information /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution /
Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / My Image / Messenger / Information /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution /
Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Off / On
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Off / On
96
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
Magnify Position V
Magnify Position H
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Magnify Position V.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Magnify Position H.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Setting the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
97
■ CP-AW100N / ED-AW100N / ED-AW110
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Lens Door Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
98
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
99
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in 1
Computer in 2
Frame Lock - Computer in 1
Frame Lock - Computer in 2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Format.
Auto / Video / Computer
Setting the HDMI Range.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
100
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Pict. Posit. H
Keystone V
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out - Computer in 1
Monitor Out - Computer in 2
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Setting the D-Zoom.
[-]: Decrease the D-Zoom.
[+]: Increase the D-Zoom.
Setting the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift H.
Setting the Picture Position H.
Left / Mid / Right
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Eco Mode.
CP-AW100N
Normal / Eco
ED-AW100N / ED-AW110N
Bright / Normal
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer on1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H / Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio Source-Computer in1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-HDMI.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio HDMI
Setting the Audio Source-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
101
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle1 / Circle2 /Map1 / Map2
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Direct Power On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / My Image / Messenger / Information /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution /
Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / My Image / Messenger / Information /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution /
Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
Remote Receive
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Off / On
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Off / On
Setting the Remote Receive.
Front (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
102
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
Magnify Position V
Magnify Position H
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Magnify Position V.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Magnify Position H.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Setting the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
103
■ ED-D10N / ED-D11N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
104
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
105
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in 1
Computer in 2
Frame Lock - Computer in 1
Frame Lock - Computer in 2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Format.
Auto / Video / Computer
Setting the HDMI Range.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
106
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Picture Position
Keystone V
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out - Computer in 1
Monitor Out - Computer in 2
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Setting the D-Zoom.
[-]: Decrease the D-Zoom.
[+]: Increase the D-Zoom.
Setting the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift H.
Setting the Picture Position.
Top / Mid / Bottom
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Eco Mode.
Bright / Normal
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer on1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer on1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H / Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio Source-Computer in1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-HDMI.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio HDMI
Setting the Audio Source-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Source-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
107
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle1 / Circle2 /Map1 / Map2
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Direct Power On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / My Image / Messenger / Information /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution /
Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video / My Image / Messenger / Information /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution /
Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Off / On
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Off / On
108
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
Magnify Position V
Magnify Position H
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI / Video / S-Video
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Magnify Position V.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Magnify Position H.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Setting the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
109
■ CP-X2011N / CP-X2511N / CP-X3011N / CP-WX3011N / CP-X4011N / ED-X45N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB TYPE A / USB TYPE B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6 /
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6
Setting the Color Temp.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Active Iris.
Off / Theater / Presentation
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X2011N / ED-X45N.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
110
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
Test Pattern
Gamma Point 1
Gamma Point 2
Gamma Point 3
Gamma Point 4
Gamma Point 5
Gamma Point 6
Gamma Point 7
Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
Test Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
111
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
CP-X2011N / CP-X2511N / CP-X3011N / CP−X4011N / ED-X45
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Normal
CP-WX3011N
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Normal / Native
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in1
Computer in2
Frame Lock - Computer in1
Frame Lock - Computer in2
Frame Lock – HDMI
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Format.
Auto / Video / Computer
Setting the HDMI Range.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
112
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone
Keystone V
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out - Computer in1
Monitor Out - Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out - USB TYPE A
Monitor Out - USB TYPE B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Auto Eco Mode.
Off / On
Setting the Eco Mode.
CP-X2011N / CP-X2511N / CP-X3011N / CP-WX3011N / CP-X4011N
Normal / Eco
ED-X45N
Bright / Normal
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer in1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-LAN.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-USB TYPE A.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-USB TYPE B.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Mic Level
Mic Volume
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source USB TYPE A
Audio Source USB TYPE B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source Component
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Mic Level.
High / Low
Setting the Mic Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Audio-Computer in1.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the Audio-Computer in2.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the Audio-LAN.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the Audio-USB TYPE A.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the Audio-USB TYPE B.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the Audio-HDMI.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Audio HDMI
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
113
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 /Map 1 / Map 2
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB TYPE B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting Direct Power On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting USB TYPE B.
Mouse / USB Display
Setting My Button-1.
CP-X2511N / CP-X3011N / CP-WX3011N / CP-X4011N
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB TYPE A / USB TYPE B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video / Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Active Iris /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
CP-X2011N / ED-X45N
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB TYPE A / USB TYPE B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video / Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Setting My Button-2.
CP-X2511N / CP-X3011N / CP-WX3011N / CP-X4011N
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB TYPE A / USB TYPE B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video / Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Active Iris /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
CP-X2011N / ED-X45N
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB TYPE A / USB TYPE B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video / Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB TYPE A / USB TYPE B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video
[Service]
Function
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq.
- High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
114
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB TYPE A / USB TYPE B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the Magnify Position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Setting the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
115
■ CP-A200
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Lens Door Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
116
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
117
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
Frame Lock-Computer1
Frame Lock-Computer2
Computer in 1
Computer in 2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer2.
Off / On
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
118
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Keystone V
Keystone H
Whisper
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out-Computer1
Monitor Out-Computer2
Monitor Out-Component
Monitor Out-S-Video
Monitor Out-Video
Monitor Out - Standby
General Description
Setting the D-Zoom.
[-]: Decrease the D-Zoom.
[+]: Increase the D-Zoom.
Setting the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the D-Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the D-Shift H.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Keystone H.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone H value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone H value.
Setting the Whisper.
Normal / Whisper
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer1.
Off / Computer1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer2.
Off / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer1 / Computer2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
119
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Corner Position
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Reset
Line Distortion
Left Distortion
Right Distortion
Distortion Position
V
Top Distortion
Bottom Distortion
Distortion Position
H
General Description
Setting the Perfect Fit.
Off / On
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Initialize the selected Function.
Perfect Fit
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Distortion.
[-]: Decrease the left distortion value.
[+]: Increase the left distortion value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Distortion.
[-]: Decrease the right distortion value.
[+]: Increase the right distortion value.
Setting the Distortion Position V.
[-]: Decrease the vertical distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the vertical distortion position value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Top Distortion.
[-]: Decrease the top distortion value.
[+]: Increase the top distortion value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Bottom Distortion.
[-]: Decrease the bottom distortion value.
[+]: Increase the bottom distortion value.
Setting the Distortion Position H.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal distortion position value.
Reset
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio-Computer1
Audio-Computer2
Audio-Component
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Video
Audio Out Standby
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Computer2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
120
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto on
Auto off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / AV Mite / Template / Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / AV Mite / Template / Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
[C.C.] Tab
Function
Display
Mode
Channel
General Description
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
121
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Template On/Off
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer1 / Computer2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting Template.
Off / On
122
■ CP-X2510Z / CP-X3010Z / CP-X2011 / CP-X2511 / CP-X3011 / CP-X3511 / ED-X40Z / ED-X42Z
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness.
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast.
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Active Iris.
Off / Theater / Presentation
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X2011 / ED-X40Z / ED-X42Z.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
123
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
124
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Normal
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
Computer in1
Computer in2
Frame Lock Computer in1
Frame Lock Computer in2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
125
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out Computer in1
Monitor Out Computer in2
Monitor Out - Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Eco Mode.
CP-X2510Z / CP-X3010Z / CP-X2011 / CP-X2511 / CP-X3011 / CP-X3511
Normal / Eco
ED-X40Z / ED-X42Z
Bright / Normal
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer in1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source Component
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer in1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3
126
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct On
Auto Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
Setting Direct On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
CP-X2510Z / CP-X3010Z / CP-X2511 / CP-X3011 / CP-X3511
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template
CP-X2011 / ED-X40Z / ED-X42Z
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template
Setting My Button-2.
CP-X2510Z / CP-X3010Z / CP-X2511 / CP-X3011 / CP-X3511
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template
CP-X2011 / ED-X40Z / ED-X42Z
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
[Service]
Function
IR Remote Frequency
Normal
IR Remote Frequency
High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Off / On
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Off / On
127
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Video / S-Video / Component
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
128
■ CP-X2020 / CP-X2520 / CP-X3020 / ED-X50 / ED-X52
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / S-Video / Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness.
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast.
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
129
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
130
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
Computer in1
Computer in2
Frame Lock Computer in1
Frame Lock Computer in2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Computer in-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in2.
Off / On
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out Computer in1
Monitor Out Computer in2
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Auto Eco Mode.
Off / On
Setting the Eco Mode.
CP-X2020 / CP-X2520 / CP-X3020
Normal / Eco
ED-X50 / ED-X52
Bright / Normal
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in1.
Off / Computer in1
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in2.
Off / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer in1 / Computer in2
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
131
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer in1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
Setting the Audio-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle1 / Circle2 / Map1 / Map2
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
My Button-Blank
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
Setting Direct Power On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-Blank.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / S-Video / Video / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template / Resolution / Eco Mode / Blank / Freeze /
Volume / Auto
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / S-Video / Video / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template / Resolution / Eco Mode
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / S-Video / Video / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / AV Mute / Template / Resolution / Eco Mode
Setting the My Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / S-Video / Video
132
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
Magnify Position
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / S-Video / Video
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the Magnify Position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
133
■ CP-WUX645N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Component / S-Video / Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Lamp Time Error /
Cold Error / Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Setting the Active Iris.
Off / Theater / Presentation
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
134
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9steps Gray Scale / 15steps Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
135
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Real
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
3D-YCS
Color Space
Component
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
HDMI
Frame Lock-RGB1
Frame Lock-RGB2
Frame Lock-HDMI
RGB IN-1
RGB IN-2
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the 3D-YCS
Off / Movie / Still Image
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the Component.
Component / Scart RGB
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the HDMI Signal Type.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Frame Lock-RGB1.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-RGB2.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
Setting the RGB IN-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the RGB IN-2 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
136
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Keystone H
Whisper
Mirror
Monitor Out-RGB1
Monitor Out-RGB2
Monitor Out-HDMI
Monitor Out-Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Keystone H.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone H value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone H value.
Setting the Whisper.
Normal / Whisper
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H Inverse / V Inverse / H&V Inverse
Setting the Monitor Out-RGB1.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-RGB2.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-Component.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / RGB1 / RGB2
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Reset
General Description
Setting the Perfect Fit.
Off / On
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Left Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Setting the shape of the projected image in Right Bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Initialize the selected Function.
Perfect Fit
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
137
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Treble
Bass
Speaker
Audio-RGB1
Audio-RGB2
Audio-HDMI
Audio-Component
Audio-S-Video
Audio-Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Treble.
[-]: Decrease the Treble.
[+]: Increase the Treble.
Setting the Bass.
[-]: Decrease the Bass.
[+]: Increase the Bass.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-RGB1.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-RGB2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-HDMI.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4 / Audio HDMI
Setting the Audio-Component.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / Audio3 / Audio4
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
138
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Auto On
Auto Off
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
Setting Auto On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-1.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Component / S-Video / Video / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / My Image / AV Mute / Template /
PbyP Swap / Other
Setting My Button-2.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Component / S-Video / Video / Information / Auto Keystone Execute /
My Memory / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Active Iris / My Image / AV Mute / Template /
PbyP Swap / Other
Setting the My Source.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Component / S-Video / Video
[Service]
Function
IR Remote
IR Remote
Frequency Normal
IR Remote
Frequency High
General Description
Setting the IR Remote.
Front (Off / On)
Rear (Off / On)
Top (Off / On)
Setting the IR Remote Frequency Normal.
Disable / Enable
Setting the IR Remote Frequency High.
Disable / Enable
[C.C.] Tab
Function
Display
Mode
Channel
General Description
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Mode
Blank On / Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
My Image
My Image Delete
PbyP
PbyP Left Source
PbyP Right Source
PbyP Main Area
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Component / S-Video / Video
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the My Image.
Off / Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Deleting the My Image.
Image1 / Image2 / Image3 / Image4
Setting the PbyP.
Off / On
Setting the PbyP Left Source.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Component / S-Video / Video
Setting the PbyP Right Source.
RGB1 / RGB2 / HDMI / Component / S-Video / Video
Setting the PbyP Main Area.
Left / Right
139
■ CPX7 / CPX8 / CPX9 / CPWX8
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power Status
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Display the Power Status.
Off / On / Cool down
Display the Input source status.
Computer in / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Display the Error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Display the Blank status.
Off / On
Display the Mute status.
Off / On
Display the Freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Display the Lamp Time.
Display the Filter Time.
Initialize the selected Function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Setting the Brightness.
[-]: Decrease the Brightness value.
[+]: Increase the Brightness value.
Setting the Contrast.
[-]: Decrease the Contrast value.
[+]: Increase the Contrast value.
Setting the Gamma.
#1-Custom / #2-Custom / #3-Custom / #4-Custom / #5-Custom / #6-Custom /
#1-Default / #2-Default / #3-Default / #4-Default / #5-Default / #6-Default
Setting the Color Temp.
Low / Mid / High / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Custom-Low / Custom-Mid / Custom-High /
Custom-Hi-Bright-1 / Custom-Hi-Bright-2 / Custom-Hi-Bright-3
Setting the color density.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value
Setting the Tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Setting the sharpness of the picture.
[-]: Decrease the color density value.
[+]: Increase the color density value.
Load/Save the My Memory.
Load1 / Load2 / Load3 / Load4 / Save1 / Save2 / Save3 / Save4
[Execute]: Load / Save the selected Function.
Initialize the selected Function
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
140
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting the User Gamma Point 1.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 1 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 2.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 2 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 3.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 3 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 4.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 4 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 5.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 5 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 6.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 6 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 7.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 7 value.
Setting the User Gamma Point 8.
[-]: Decrease the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the User Gamma Point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Setting the test pattern.
Off / 9step Gray Scale / 15step Gray Scale / Ramp
Setting Color Temp Gain R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain R value.
Setting Color Temp Gain G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain G value.
Setting Color Temp Gain B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Gain B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Gain B value.
Setting Color Temp Offset R.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset R value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset R value.
Setting Color Temp Offset G.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset G value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset G value.
Setting Color Temp Offset B.
[-]: Decrease the Color Temp Offset B value.
[+]: Increase the Color Temp Offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the Color Temp Offset B value.
141
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Setting the Aspect.
CPX7 / CPX8 / CPX9
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9
CPWX8
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Setting the Over Scan
[-]: Decrease the Over scan value.
[+]: Increase the Over scan value.
Setting the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position.
Setting the clock phase.
[-]: Decrease the clock phase value.
[+]: Increase the clock phase value.
Setting the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
Execute Auto Adjust.
Initialize the selected Function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
S-Video Format
C-Video Format
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in
Frame Lock Computer in
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Setting the Progressive.
Off / TV / FILM
Setting the Video NR.
Low / Mid / High
Setting the Color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Setting the S-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the C-Video Format.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Setting the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Setting the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Setting the Computer in-1 Signal Type.
Sync On G Off / Auto
Setting the Frame Lock-Computer in.
Off / On
Setting the Frame Lock-HDMI.
Off / On
142
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone Execute
Keystone V
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out Computer in
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Execute Auto Keystone.
Setting the Keystone V.
[-]: Decrease the Keystone V value.
[+]: Increase the Keystone V value.
Setting the Auto Eco Mode.
Off / On
Setting the Eco Mode.
Normal / Eco
Setting the Mirror display.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Setting the Standby Mode.
Normal / Saving
Setting the Monitor Out-Computer in.
Off / Computer in
Setting the Monitor Out-HDMI.
Off / Computer in
Setting the Monitor Out-S-Video.
Off / Computer in
Setting the Monitor Out-Video.
Off / Computer in
Setting the Monitor Out Standby.
Off / Computer in
Initialize the selected Function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Setting the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the Volume.
[+]: Increase the Volume.
Setting the Speaker.
Off / On
Setting the Audio-Computer in.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
Setting the Audio-Computer in2.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2 / HDMI
Setting the Audio-S-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
Setting the Audio-Video.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
Setting the Audio Out Standby.
Off / Audio1 / Audio2
Setting the HDMI Audio.
1/2
143
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Startup
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Setting the Language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish / Traditional Chinese /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Setting the Menu Position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Setting the Blank color.
Blue / White / Black / MyScreen / Original
Setting the Startup screen.
Original / Off / MyScreen
Setting MyScreen Lock.
Off / On
Setting Message.
Off / On
Setting the Template.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle1 / Circle2 / Map1 / Map2
Setting the Closed Caption Display.
Off / On / Auto
Setting the Closed Caption Mode.
Captions / Text
Setting the Closed Caption Channel.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected Function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected Function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
My Button-Blank
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Setting Auto Search.
Off / On
Setting Auto Keystone.
Off / On
Setting Direct Power On.
Off / On
Setting Auto Power Off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Setting My Button-Blank.
Computer in / HDMI / S-Video / Video / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Eco Mode / Blank / Freeze / Volume / Auto
Setting My Button-1.
Computer in / HDMI / S-Video / Video / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Eco Mode / Other
Setting My Button-2.
Computer in / HDMI / S-Video / Video / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Eco Mode / Other
Setting the My Source.
Computer in / HDMI / S-Video / Video
144
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template On/Off
Magnify
Magnify Position
General Description
Controlling the Power.
Off / On
Setting the Input Source.
Computer in / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Setting the Picture Mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / White Board / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Setting Blank.
Off / On
Setting Mute.
Off / On
Setting Freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Setting Template.
Off / On
Setting Magnify.
[-]: Decrease the Magnify value.
[+]: Increase the Magnify value.
Setting the Magnify Position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
145
■ CP-X4021N / CP-X5021N / CP-WX4021N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Stack Mode
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Displays the stack mode status.
Main / Sub
 This item is not displayed when stack mode status is off.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Changes the active iris control mode.
Presentation / Theater / Off
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
146
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
147
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
CP-X4021N / CP-X5021N
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9
CP-WX4021N
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in
- Computer in1
Computer in
- Computer in2
Frame Lock
- Computer in1
Frame Lock
- Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the function of the COMPONENT port.
Component / Scart RGB
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI port.
On / Off
148
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone
Keystone V
Keystone H
Perfect Fit
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out
- Computer in1
Monitor Out
- Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out
- USB type A
Monitor Out
- USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
[Execute]: Performs the automatic keystone distortion correction.
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Corrects the horizontal keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal keystone value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal keystone value.
[Settings...]: Displays the Perfect Fit dialog.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
Normal / Eco
Switches the mode for mirror status.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPONENT input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
149
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Corner Position
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Line Distortion
Left Distortion
Right Distortion
Distortion Position V
Top Distortion
Bottom Distortion
Distortion Position H
Reset
General Description
Selects the perfect fit enable setting.
Enable / Disable
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the left side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the left side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the right side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the right side distortion value.
Adjusts the vertical distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the vertical distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the vertical distortion position value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in top side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the top side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the top side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in bottom side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the bottom side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the bottom side distortion value.
Adjusts the horizontal distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal distortion position value.
After the confirmation message, the Perfect Fit function will be initialized.
150
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source
- USB type A
Audio Source
- USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source
- Component
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
Mic Level
Mic Volume
General Description
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI input port is selected.
Audio HDMI / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPONENT input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Switches the mode for the HDMI audio.
1/2
Switches the input level to match that of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
High / Low
Adjusts the volume of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
[-]: Decrease the volume of the microphone.
[+]: Increase the volume of the microphone.
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 Map 1 / Map 2 /
Stack
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
151
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/Off the automatic keystone function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video / Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Active Iris /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-2 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video / Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Active Iris /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the input port for the MY SOURCE/DOC.CAMERA button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video
[Service]
Function
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq. - High
General Description
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the normal frequency.
Enable / Disable
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the high frequency.
Enable / Disable
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
152
■ CP-A220N / CP-A221N / CP-A300N / CP-A301N / ED-A220N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Lens Door Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Changes the active iris control mode.
Presentation / Theater / Off
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
153
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
154
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in
- Computer in1
Computer in
- Computer in2
Frame Lock
- Computer in1
Frame Lock
- Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI port.
On / Off
155
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Picture Position
Keystone V
Keystone H
Perfect Fit
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out
- Computer in1
Monitor Out
- Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out
- USB type A
Monitor Out
- USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the digital zoom.
[-]: Decrease the digital zoom.
[+]: Increase the digital zoom.
Adjusts the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the vertical digital shift.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical digital shift.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal digital shift.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal digital shift.
Setting the Picture Position.
Top / Mid / Bottom
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Corrects the horizontal keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal keystone value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal keystone value.
[Settings...]: Displays the Perfect Fit dialog.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
CP-A220N / CP-A221N / CP-A300N / CP-A301N
Normal / Eco
ED-A220N
Bright / Normal
Switches the mode for mirror status.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H / Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
156
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Corner Position
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Line Distortion
Left Distortion
Right Distortion
Distortion Position V
Top Distortion
Bottom Distortion
Distortion Position H
Reset
General Description
Selects the perfect fit enable setting.
Enable / Disable
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the left side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the left side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the right side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the right side distortion value.
Adjusts the vertical distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the vertical distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the vertical distortion position value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in top side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the top side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the top side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in bottom side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the bottom side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the bottom side distortion value.
Adjusts the horizontal distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal distortion position value.
After the confirmation message, the Perfect Fit function will be initialized.
157
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source
- USB type A
Audio Source
- USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
Mic Level
Mic Volume
General Description
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI input port is selected.
Audio HDMI / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Switches the mode for the HDMI audio.
1/2
Switches the input level to match that of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
High / Low
Adjusts the volume of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
[-]: Decrease the volume of the microphone.
[+]: Increase the volume of the microphone.
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
CP-A220N / CP-A300N / ED-A220N
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil
CP-A221N / CP-A301N
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil / Indonesian / Vietnamese
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 / Map 1 / Map 2
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
158
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-2 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the input port for the MY SOURCE/DOC.CAMERA button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
[Service]
Function
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq. - High
General Description
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the normal frequency.
Enable / Disable
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the high frequency.
Enable / Disable
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
159
■ CP-AW250N / CP-AW251N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Lens Door Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Changes the active iris control mode.
Presentation / Theater / Off
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
160
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
161
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in
- Computer in1
Computer in
- Computer in2
Frame Lock
- Computer in1
Frame Lock
- Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI port.
On / Off
162
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Pict. Posit. H
Keystone V
Keystone H
Perfect Fit
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out
- Computer in1
Monitor Out
- Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out
- USB type A
Monitor Out
- USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the digital zoom.
[-]: Decrease the digital zoom.
[+]: Increase the digital zoom.
Adjusts the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the vertical digital shift.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical digital shift.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal digital shift.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal digital shift.
Setting the Picture Position H.
Left / Mid / Right
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Corrects the horizontal keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal keystone value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal keystone value.
[Settings...]: Displays the Perfect Fit dialog.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
Normal / Eco
Switches the mode for mirror status.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H / Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
163
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Corner Position
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Line Distortion
Left Distortion
Right Distortion
Distortion Position V
Top Distortion
Bottom Distortion
Distortion Position H
Reset
General Description
Selects the perfect fit enable setting.
Enable / Disable
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the left side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the left side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the right side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the right side distortion value.
Adjusts the vertical distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the vertical distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the vertical distortion position value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in top side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the top side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the top side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in bottom side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the bottom side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the bottom side distortion value.
Adjusts the horizontal distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal distortion position value.
After the confirmation message, the Perfect Fit function will be initialized.
164
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source
- USB type A
Audio Source
- USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
Mic Level
Mic Volume
General Description
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI input port is selected.
Audio HDMI / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Switches the mode for the HDMI audio.
1/2
Switches the input level to match that of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
High / Low
Adjusts the volume of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
[-]: Decrease the volume of the microphone.
[+]: Increase the volume of the microphone.
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
CP-AW250N
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil
CP-AW251N
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil / Indonesian / Vietnamese
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 / Map 1 / Map 2
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
165
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-2 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the input port for the MY SOURCE/DOC.CAMERA button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
[Service]
Function
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq. - High
General Description
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the normal frequency.
Enable / Disable
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the high frequency.
Enable / Disable
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
166
■ iPJ-AW250N / BZ-1 / CP-AW2519N
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Lens Door Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Changes the active iris control mode.
Presentation / Theater / Off
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
167
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
168
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in
- Computer in1
Computer in
- Computer in2
Frame Lock
- Computer in1
Frame Lock
- Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI port.
On / Off
169
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Pict. Posit. H
Keystone V
Keystone H
Perfect Fit
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out
- Computer in1
Monitor Out
- Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out
- USB type A
Monitor Out
- USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the digital zoom.
[-]: Decrease the digital zoom.
[+]: Increase the digital zoom.
Adjusts the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the vertical digital shift.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical digital shift.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal digital shift.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal digital shift.
Setting the Picture Position H.
Left / Mid / Right
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Corrects the horizontal keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal keystone value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal keystone value.
[Settings...]: Displays the Perfect Fit dialog.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
Normal / Eco
Switches the mode for mirror status.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H / Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
170
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Corner Position
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Line Distortion
Left Distortion
Right Distortion
Distortion Position V
Top Distortion
Bottom Distortion
Distortion Position H
Reset
General Description
Selects the perfect fit enable setting.
Enable / Disable
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the left side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the left side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the right side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the right side distortion value.
Adjusts the vertical distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the vertical distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the vertical distortion position value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in top side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the top side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the top side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in bottom side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the bottom side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the bottom side distortion value.
Adjusts the horizontal distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal distortion position value.
After the confirmation message, the Perfect Fit function will be initialized.
171
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source
- USB type A
Audio Source
- USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
Mic Level
Mic Volume
General Description
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI input port is selected.
Audio HDMI / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Switches the mode for the HDMI audio.
1/2
Switches the input level to match that of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
High / Low
Adjusts the volume of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
[-]: Decrease the volume of the microphone.
[+]: Increase the volume of the microphone.
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
iPJ-AW250N
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil
BZ-1 / CP-AW2519N
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil / Indonesian / Vietnamese
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 / Map 1 / Map 2
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
172
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-2 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the input port for the MY SOURCE/DOC.CAMERA button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
[Service]
Function
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq. - High
General Description
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the normal frequency.
Enable / Disable
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the high frequency.
Enable / Disable
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
Interactive
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
[Calibrate]: Starts (or cancels) calibration of the position of the pen.
173
■ CP-X2514WN / CP-X3014WN / CP-X4014WN / CP-WX3014WN
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Changes the active iris control mode.
Presentation / Theater / Off
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
174
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
175
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
CP-X2514WN / CP-X3014WN / CP-X4014WN
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9
CP-WX3014WN
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in
- Computer in1
Computer in
- Computer in2
Frame Lock
- Computer in1
Frame Lock
- Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the function of the COMPONENT port.
Component / Scart RGB
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI port.
On / Off
176
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone
Keystone V
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Mirror
Standby Mode
Monitor Out
- Computer in1
Monitor Out
- Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out
- USB type A
Monitor Out
- USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
[Execute]: Performs the automatic keystone distortion correction.
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
Normal / Eco
Switches the mode for mirror status.
Normal / H:Invert / V:Invert / H&V:Invert
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPONENT input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source
- USB type A
Audio Source
- USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source
- Component
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
Mic Level
Mic Volume
General Description
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
LAN / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
USB type A / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
USB type B / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI input port is selected.
HDMI / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPONENT input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Switches the mode for the HDMI audio.
1/2
Switches the input level to match that of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
High / Low
Adjusts the volume of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
[-]: Decrease the volume of the microphone.
[+]: Increase the volume of the microphone.
177
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 / Map 1 / Map 2
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/Off the automatic keystone function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video / Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Active Iris /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-2 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video / Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Active Iris /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the input port for the MY SOURCE/DOC.CAMERA button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI /
Component / S-Video / Video
[Service]
Function
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq. - High
General Description
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the normal frequency.
Enable / Disable
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the high frequency.
Enable / Disable
178
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / Component / S-Video /
Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
179
■ CP-X2021WN / CP-X2521WN / CP-X3021WN / CPX10WN / CPX11WN / CPWX12WN
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
180
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
181
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
CP-X2021WN / CPX-2521WN / CP-X3021WN / CPX10WN / CPX11WN
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9
CPWX12WN
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in
- Computer in1
Computer in
- Computer in2
Frame Lock
- Computer in1
Frame Lock
- Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI port.
On / Off
182
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone
Keystone V
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Installation
Standby Mode
Monitor Out
- Computer in1
Monitor Out
- Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out
- USB type A
Monitor Out
- USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
[Execute]: Performs the automatic keystone distortion correction.
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
Normal / Eco
Switches the mode for installation status.
Front/Desktop / Rear/Desktop / Rear/Ceiling / Front/Ceiling
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source
- USB type A
Audio Source
- USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
HDMI Audio
General Description
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
LAN / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
USB type B / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI input port is selected.
HDMI / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Off
Switches the mode for the HDMI audio.
1/2
183
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil / Indonesian / Vietnamese
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 / Map 1 / Map 2
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Button-Eco
My Source
General Description
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/Off the automatic keystone function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-21 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-Eco button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Eco Mode / Blank / Freeze / Volume / Auto
Assigns the input port for the MY SOURCE/DOC.CAMERA button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
184
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
185
■ CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350 / CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Shade
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Filter Status
Stack Mode
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI 1 / HDMI 2 / Component /
S-Video / Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the current shade status.
On / Off
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Displays the current cleanliness level of the air filter.
Displays the stack mode status.
Main / Sub
 This item is not displayed when stack mode status is off.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 / Default-7
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6 / Custom-7
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Changes the active iris control mode.
Presentation / Theater / Off
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
186
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
Test Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
Test Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
187
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
CP-X8150 / CP-X8160
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9
CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350 / CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Component
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format - HDMI 1
HDMI Format - HDMI 2
HDMI Range - HDMI 1
HDMI Range - HDMI 2
Computer in - Computer in1
Computer in - Computer in2
Frame Lock - Computer in1
Frame Lock - Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI 1
Frame Lock - HDMI 2
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the function of the COMPONENT port.
Component / Scart RGB
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI 1 port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI 2 port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI 1 port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI 2 port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI 1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI 2 port.
On / Off
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone
Keystone V
Keystone H
Perfect Fit
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Installation
General Description
[Execute]: Performs the automatic keystone distortion correction.
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Corrects the horizontal keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal keystone value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal keystone value.
[Settings...]: Displays the Perfect Fit dialog.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
Normal / Eco
Switches the mode for Installation status.
Front/Desktop / Rear/Desktop / Rear/Ceiling / Front/Ceiling
188
Standby Mode
Monitor Out - Computer in1
Monitor Out - Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out - USB type A
Monitor Out - USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI 1
Monitor Out - HDMI 2
Monitor Out - Component
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350
Computer in1 / Off
CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350
Computer in1 / Off
CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI 1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI 2 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPONENT input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
189
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Corner Position
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Line Distortion
Left Distortion
Right Distortion
Distortion Position V
Top Distortion
Bottom Distortion
Distortion Position H
Reset
General Description
Selects the perfect fit enable setting.
Enable / Disable
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
 This Function is not displayed for CP-SX8350 / CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the left side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the left side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the right side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the right side distortion value.
Adjusts the vertical distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the vertical distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the vertical distortion position value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in top side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the top side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the top side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in bottom side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the bottom side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the bottom side distortion value.
Adjusts the horizontal distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal distortion position value.
After the confirmation message, the Perfect Fit function will be initialized.
190
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Audio Source
- Computer in1
Audio Source
- Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source - USB type A
Audio Source - USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI 1
Audio Source - HDMI 2
Audio Source - Component
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Source
- Audio Out Standby
Volume
Speaker
HDMI Audio - HDMI 1
HDMI Audio - HDMI 2
General Description
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
LAN / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
USB type A / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
USB type B / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI 1 input port is selected.
Audio HDMI 1 / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI 2 input port is selected.
Audio HDMI 2 / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPONENT input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the HDMI 1 audio.
1/2
Switches the mode for the HDMI 2 audio.
1/2
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. – Display
C.C. – Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil / Indonesian / Vietnamese
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 Map 1 / Map 2 /
Stack
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
191
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Source Skip - Computer in 1
Source Skip - Computer in 2
Source Skip - LAN
Source Skip - USB type A
Source Skip - USB type B
Source Skip - HDMI 1
Source Skip - HDMI 2
Source Skip - Component
Source Skip - S-Video
Source Skip - Video
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
Shade Timer
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Button-3
My Button-4
General Description
Selects the Source Skip - Computer in1 setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - Computer in2 setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - LAN setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - USB type A setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - USB type B setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - HDMI 1 setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - HDMI 2 setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - Component setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - S-Video setting.
Normal / Skip
Selects the Source Skip - Video setting.
Normal / Skip
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/Off the automatic keystone function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the shade timer setting.
1h / 3h / 6h
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Shutter / Information / Auto Keystone /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / Mute / Resolution /
Eco Mode / Other
CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Shutter / PbyP Swap / Information / Auto Keystone /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / Mute / Resolution /
Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-2 button on the included remote control.
CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Shutter / Information / Auto Keystone /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / Mute / Resolution /
Eco Mode / Other
CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Shutter / PbyP Swap / Information / Auto Keystone /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / Mute / Resolution /
Eco Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-3 button on the included remote control.
CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Shutter / Information / Auto Keystone /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / Mute / Resolution /
Eco Mode / Other
CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Shutter / PbyP Swap / Information / Auto Keystone /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / Mute / Resolution /
Eco Mode
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-4 button on the included remote control.
CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Shutter / Information / Auto Keystone /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / Mute / Resolution /
Eco Mode / Other
CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Shutter / PbyP Swap / Information / Auto Keystone /
My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / Mute / Resolution /
Eco Mode
192
[Service]
Function
IR Remote
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq. - High
Remote ID
General Description
Turns the remote receiv. function on/off.
Front (Off / On)
Rear (Off / On)
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the normal frequency.
Enable / Disable
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the high frequency.
Enable / Disable
Selects the Remote ID setting.
All / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Template
Shade
Zoom
Focus
Messenger
My Image
My Image Delete
Magnify
Magnify Position
Lens Shift
Lens Memory
PbyP
PbyP Left Source
PbyP Right Source
PbyP Main Area
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI 1 / HDMI 2 / Component /
S-Video / Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / DICOM SIM. /
Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Turns the lens shade on(closed)/off(opened).
On / Off
Adjusts the zoom setting.
[-]: Decrease the Zoom.
[+]: Increase the Zoom.
Adjusts the focus setting.
[-]: Decrease the Focus.
[+]: Increase the Focus.
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Adjusts the lens shift.
[ ]: Increase the Lens Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the Lens Shift V.
[ ]: Decrease the Lens Shift H.
[ ]: Increase the Lens Shift H.
Loads, Saves or Clears the lens memory data.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Clear-1 / Clear-2 / Clear-3
[Execute]: Loads, Saves or Clears the selected Function.
Turns the PbyP mode on/off.
On / Off
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350.
Selects the PbyP left side area signal source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI 1 / HDMI 2 / Component / S-Video / Video
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350.
Selects the PbyP right side area signal source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / HDMI 1 / HDMI 2 / Component / S-Video / Video
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350.
Selects the PbyP main position.
Left / Right
 This Function is not displayed for CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350.
193
■ CP-X2015WN / CP-X2515WN / CP-X3015WN / CP-X4015WN / CP-WX2515WN / CP-WX3015WN
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 / Default-7 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6 / Custom-7
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Hi-Bright-4 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6 / Custom-7
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Changes the active iris control mode.
Presentation / Theater / Off
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
194
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
195
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
CP-X2015WN / CP-X2515WN / CP-X3015WN / CP-X4015WN
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9
CP-WX2515WN / CP-WX3014WN
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in - Computer in1
Computer in - Computer in2
Frame Lock - Computer in1
Frame Lock - Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI port.
On / Off
196
[SETUP] Tab
Function
Auto Keystone
Keystone V
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Installation
Standby Mode
Monitor Out - Computer in1
Monitor Out - Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out - USB type A
Monitor Out - USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
[Execute]: Performs the automatic keystone distortion correction.
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
Normal / Eco / Intelligent Eco / Saver
Switches the mode for mirror status.
Front/Desktop / Rear/Desktop / Rear/Ceiling / Front/Ceiling
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
Keystone V
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source
- Computer in1
Audio Source
- Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source - USB type A
Audio Source - USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Source - Standby
Mic Level
Mic Volume
General Description
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
LAN / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
USB type A / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
USB type B / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI input port is selected.
HDMI / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Switches the input level to match that of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
High / Low
Adjusts the volume of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
[-]: Decrease the volume of the microphone.
[+]: Increase the volume of the microphone.
197
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese -Brazil
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 / Map 1 / Map 2
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Auto Keystone
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/Off the automatic keystone function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Active Iris /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode /
Saver Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-2 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / Auto Keystone / My Memory / Active Iris /
Picture Mode / Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode /
Saver Mode / Other
Assigns the input port for the MY SOURCE/DOC.CAMERA button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
[Service]
Function
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq. - High
General Description
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the normal frequency.
Enable / Disable
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the high frequency.
Enable / Disable
198
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / Photo / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
199
■ CP-A222WN / CP-A302WN / CP-AW252WN
[STATUS] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Error Status
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Lamp Time
Filter Time
Reset
General Description
Displays the current power status.
On / Standby / Cool down
Displays the current Input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Displays the current error status.
Normal / Cover Error / Fan Error / Lamp Error / Temp Error / Air Flow Error / Cold Error /
Filter Error / Lens Door Error / Other Error
Displays the current blank on/off status.
On / Off
Displays the current mute status.
On / Off
Displays the current freeze status.
Normal / Freeze
Displays the usage time for the current lamp.
Displays the usage time for the current filter.
Initialize the selected function.
Lamp Time / Filter Time
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[PICTURE] Tab
Function
Brightness
Contrast
Gamma
Color Temp
Color
Tint
Sharpness
Active Iris
My Memory
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the brightness.
[-]: Decrease the brightness value.
[+]: Increase the brightness value.
Adjusts the contrast.
[-]: Decrease the contrast value.
[+]: Increase the contrast value.
Switches the gamma mode.
Default-1 / Default-2 / Default-3 / Default-4 / Default-5 / Default-6 / Default-7 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6 / Custom-7
Switches the color temperature mode.
High / Mid / Low / Hi-Bright-1 / Hi-Bright-2 / Hi-Bright-3 / Hi-Bright-4 /
Custom-1 / Custom-2 / Custom-3 / Custom-4 / Custom-5 / Custom-6 / Custom-7
Adjusts the strength of whole color.
[-]: Decrease the color value.
[+]: Increase the color value
Adjusts the tint.
[-]: Decrease the tint value.
[+]: Increase the tint value.
Adjusts the sharpness.
[-]: Decrease the sharpness value.
[+]: Increase the sharpness value.
Changes the active iris control mode.
Presentation / Theater / Off
Saves the current adjustment data.
Save-1 / Save-2 / Save-3 / Save-4
Loads the data from the memory.
Load-1 / Load-2 / Load-3 / Load-4
[Execute]: Performs each function.
Initialize the selected function.
Brightness / Contrast / Color / Tint / Sharpness
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
200
[Custom - Gamma -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
User Gamma Point 1
User Gamma Point 2
User Gamma Point 3
User Gamma Point 4
User Gamma Point 5
User Gamma Point 6
User Gamma Point 7
User Gamma Point 8
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the gamma point 1.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 1 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 1 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 1 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 2.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 2 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 2 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 2 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 3.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 3 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 3 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 3 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 4.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 4 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 4 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 4 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 5.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 5 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 5 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 5 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 6.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 6 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 6 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 6 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 7.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 7 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 7 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 7 value.
Adjusts the gamma point 8.
[-]: Decrease the gamma point 8 value.
[+]: Increase the gamma point 8 value.
[Reset]: Initialize the gamma point 8 value.
[Custom - Color Temp -]
Function
User Gamma Pattern
Color Temp Gain R
Color Temp Gain G
Color Temp Gain B
Color Temp Offset R
Color Temp Offset G
Color Temp Offset B
General Description
Changes the test pattern.
Off / 9 steps Gray scale / 15 steps Gray scale / Ramp
Adjusts the color temperature gain R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain R value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain G value.
Adjusts the color temperature gain B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp gain B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp gain B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp gain B value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset R.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset R value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset R value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset R value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset G.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset G value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset G value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset G value.
Adjusts the color temperature offset B.
[-]: Decrease the color temp offset B value.
[+]: Increase the color temp offset B value.
[Reset]: Initialize the color temp offset B value.
201
[IMAGE] Tab
Function
Aspect
Over Scan
Position
H Phase
H Size
Auto Adjust
Reset
General Description
Switches the mode for aspect ratio.
Normal / 4:3 / 16:9 / 16:10 / 14:9 / Native
Adjusts the over-scan ratio.
[-]: Decrease the over scan value.
[+]: Increase the over scan value.
Adjusts the display position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical position value.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical position value.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal position value.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal position value.
Adjusts the horizontal phase to eliminate flicker.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal phase value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal phase value.
Adjusts the horizontal size.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal size value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal size value.
[Execute]: Performs the automatic adjustment feature.
Initialize the selected function.
Over Scan / V Position / H Position / H Size
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
[INPUT] Tab
Function
Progressive
Video NR
Color Space
Video Format - S-Video
Video Format - Video
HDMI Format
HDMI Range
Computer in
- Computer in1
Computer in
- Computer in2
Frame Lock
- Computer in1
Frame Lock
- Computer in2
Frame Lock - HDMI
General Description
Switches the progress mode.
TV / Film / Off
Switches the noise reduction mode.
High / Mid / Low
Switches the mode for color space.
Auto / RGB / SMPTE240 / REC709 / REC601
Switches the mode for video format of the S-VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the mode for video format of the VIDEO port.
Auto / NTSC / PAL / SECAM / NTSC4.43 / M-PAL / N-PAL
Switches the video format for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Video / Computer
Changes the digital range for an input from the HDMI port.
Auto / Normal / Enhanced
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the computer input signal type of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
Auto / Sync On G Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN1 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the COMPUTER IN2 port.
On / Off
Selects the frame lock function on/off of the HDMI port.
On / Off
202
[SETUP] Tab
Function
D-Zoom
D-Shift
Picture Position
(CP-A222WN / CP-A302WN)
Pict. Posit. H
(CP-AW252WN)
Keystone V
Keystone H
Perfect Fit
Auto Eco Mode
Eco Mode
Installation
Standby Mode
Monitor Out
- Computer in1
Monitor Out
- Computer in2
Monitor Out - LAN
Monitor Out
- USB type A
Monitor Out
- USB type B
Monitor Out - HDMI
Monitor Out - S-Video
Monitor Out - Video
Monitor Out - Standby
Reset
General Description
Adjusts the digital zoom.
[-]: Decrease the digital zoom.
[+]: Increase the digital zoom.
Adjusts the D-Shift.
[ ]: Increase the vertical digital shift.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical digital shift.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal digital shift.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal digital shift.
Setting the Picture Position.
Top / Mid / Bottom
Setting the Picture Position H.
Left / Mid / Right
Corrects the vertical keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the vertical keystone value.
[+]: Increase the vertical keystone value.
Corrects the horizontal keystone distortion.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal keystone value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal keystone value.
[Settings...]: Displays the Perfect Fit dialog.
Turns on/off the auto eco mode.
On / Off
Turns off/on the eco mode.
Normal / Eco / Intelligent Eco / Saver
Switches the mode for mirror status.
Front/Desktop / Rear/Desktop / Rear/Ceiling / Front/Ceiling
Switches the standby mode setting.
Normal / Saving
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the LAN input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the HDMI input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Assigns the MONITOR OUT in the standby mode.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / Off
Initialize the selected function.
D-Zoom / D-Shift V / D-Shift H / Keystone V / Keystone H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
203
[Perfect Fit]
Function
Perfect Fit
Corner Position
Left Top V
Left Top H
Left Bottom V
Left Bottom H
Right Top V
Right Top H
Right Bottom V
Right Bottom H
Line Distortion
Left Distortion
Right Distortion
Distortion Position V
Top Distortion
Bottom Distortion
Distortion Position H
Reset
General Description
Selects the perfect fit enable setting.
Enable / Disable
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right top corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the vertical value.
[+]: Increase the vertical value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right bottom corner.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in left side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the left side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the left side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in right side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the right side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the right side distortion value.
Adjusts the vertical distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the vertical distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the vertical distortion position value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in top side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the top side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the top side distortion value.
Adjusts the shape of the projected image in bottom side distortion.
[-]: Decrease the bottom side distortion value.
[+]: Increase the bottom side distortion value.
Adjusts the horizontal distortion position.
[-]: Decrease the horizontal distortion position value.
[+]: Increase the horizontal distortion position value.
After the confirmation message, the Perfect Fit function will be initialized.
204
[AUDIO] Tab
Function
Volume
Speaker
Audio Source Computer in1
Audio Source Computer in2
Audio Source - LAN
Audio Source
- USB type A
Audio Source
- USB type B
Audio Source - HDMI
Audio Source - S-Video
Audio Source - Video
Audio Out Standby
Mic Level
Mic Volume
General Description
Adjusts the Volume.
[-]: Decrease the volume.
[+]: Increase the volume.
Turns on/off the built-in speaker.
On / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN1 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the COMPUTER IN2 input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the LAN input port is selected.
LAN / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE A input port is selected.
USB type A / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the USB TYPE B input port is selected.
USB type B / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the HDMI input port is selected.
HDMI / Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the S-VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE when the VIDEO input port is selected.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Assigns the AUDIO SOURCE in the standby mode.
Audio in1 / Audio in2 / Audio in3 / Off
Switches the input level to match that of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
High / Low
Adjusts the volume of the microphone connected to the MIC port.
[-]: Decrease the volume of the microphone.
[+]: Increase the volume of the microphone.
[SCREEN] Tab
Function
Language
Menu Position
Blank
Start Up
MyScreen Lock
Message
Template
C.C. - Display
C.C. - Mode
C.C. - Channel
Reset
General Description
Switches the OSD language.
English / French / German / Spanish / Italian / Norwegian / Dutch / Portuguese / Japanese /
Simplified Chinese / Traditional Chinese / Korean / Swedish / Russian / Finnish / Polish / Turkish /
Danish / Czech / Hungarian / Romanian / Slovenian / Croatian / Greek / Lithuanian / Estonian /
Latvian / Thai / Arabian / Persian / Portuguese –Brazil / Indonesian / Vietnamese
Adjusts the menu position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical menu position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal menu position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal menu position.
Switches the mode for the blank screen.
MyScreen / Original / Blue / White / Black
Switches the mode for the start-up screen.
MyScreen / Original / Off
Turns on/off the MyScreen lock function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the message function.
On / Off
Switches the mode for the template screen.
Test Pattern / Dot-Line1 / Dot-Line2 / Dot-Line3 / Dot-Line4 / Circle 1 / Circle 2 / Map 1 / Map 2
Selects the Closed Caption Display setting.
Auto / On / Off
Selects the Closed Caption Mode setting.
Captions / Text
Selects the Closed Caption Channel setting.
1/2/3/4
Initialize the selected function.
Menu Position V / Menu Position H
[Execute]: After the confirmation message, the selected function will be initialized.
205
[OPTION] Tab
Function
Auto Search
Direct Power On
Auto Power Off
USB type B
My Button-1
My Button-2
My Source
General Description
Turns on/off the automatic signal search function.
On / Off
Turns on/off the Direct Power On function.
On / Off
Adjusts the time to count down to automatically turn the projector off.
[-]: Decrease the Auto Power off time.
[+]: Increase the Auto Power off time.
Selects the function of USB TYPE B port.
Mouse / USB Display
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-1 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode /
Saver Mode / Other
Assigns the function for the MY BUTTON-2 button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video /
Slideshow / My Image / Messenger / Information / My Memory / Active Iris / Picture Mode /
Filter Reset / Template / AV Mute / D-Zoom / D-Shift / Resolution / Mic Volume / Eco Mode /
Saver Mode / Other
Assigns the input port for the MY SOURCE/DOC.CAMERA button on the included remote control.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
[Service]
Function
Remote Freq. - Normal
Remote Freq. - High
General Description
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the normal frequency.
Enable / Disable
Changes the projector’s remote sensor on/off of the high frequency.
Enable / Disable
[OTHER] Tab
Function
Power
Input Source
Picture Mode
Blank On/Off
Mute
Freeze
Magnify
Magnify Position
Template On/Off
My Image
My Image Delete
Messenger
General Description
Turns on/off the power.
On / Off
Switches the input source.
Computer in1 / Computer in2 / LAN / USB type A / USB type B / HDMI / S-Video / Video
Switches the picture mode.
Normal / Cinema / Dynamic / Board(Black) / Board(Green) / Whiteboard / Daytime / Photo / Custom
 Custom is displayed only. It cannot be set.
Turns on/off the blank.
On / Off
Turns on/off the mute.
On / Off
Turns off/on the freeze.
Normal / Freeze
Adjusts the magnify setting.
[-]: Decrease the magnify value.
[+]: Increase the magnify value.
Adjusts the magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the vertical magnify position.
[ ]: Decrease the horizontal magnify position.
[ ]: Increase the horizontal magnify position.
Turns on/off the template screen.
On / Off
Displays the My Image data.
Off / Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Deletes the My Image data.
Image-1 / Image-2 / Image-3 / Image-4
Displays the Messenger.
Off / Temporary / Message-1 / Message-2 / Message-3 / Message-4 / Message-5 / Message-6 /
Message-7 / Message-8 / Message-9 / Message-10 / Message-11 / Message-12
206
3.9. Image Send to Projector
If the projector supports My Image (e-SHOT) feature, you can select My Image (e-SHOT) function. Click [Image
Send] icon, the window [Send Image File to projector(s)] will be appeared.
3.10. My Image (e-SHOT)
Mark projectors that you will transfer an image. Select
the image file that should be transferred and stored
number. The compatible image file is only PJ1 format file
that can be created by Projector Image Tool (PJImg).
And then, click the Send button to transfer image.
The progress bar is shown during transfer. The status
will change “OK” if it succeeds.
[Note]
- This feature is only available for CP-DW10N,
CP-A100, CP-AW100N, CP-X205, CP-X206,
CP-S245, CP-X255, CP-X256, CP-X265, CP-X305,
CP-X306, CP-X505, CP-X605, CP-X615,
CP-WX625, CP-SX635, CP-X705, CP-X2010N,
CP-X2011N, CP-X2510N, CP-X2511N, CP-X3010N,
CP-X3011N, CP-WX3011N, CP-X4011N,
CP-X10000, CP-WX11000, CP-SX12000, ED-A100,
ED-A110, ED-AW100N, ED-AW110N, ED-D10N,
ED-D11N, ED-X45N, ED-X8255, CP-WUX645N,
CP-X4021N, CP-X5021N, CP-WX4021N, CP-A220N,
CP-A221N, CP-A222WN, CP-A300N, CP-A301N,
CP-A302WN, ED-A220N, CP-AW250N,
CP-AW251N, CP-AW252WN, iPJ-AW250N, BZ-1,
CP-AW2519N, CP-X2514WN, CP-X3014WN,
CP-X4014WN, CP-WX3014WN, CP-X2021WN, CP-X2521WN, CP-X3021WN, CPX10WN, CPX11WN,
CPWX12WN, CP-X8150, CP-X8160, CP-WX8240, CP-WX8255, CP-SX8350, CP-WU8440, CP-WU8450,
CP-X2015WN, CP-X2515WN, CP-X3015WN, CP-X4015WN, CP-WX2515WN and CP-WX3015WN.
- Please verify the port setting on the projector and the port / authentication setting on the application.
Once you select the image file and store location number, the “Send” button becomes available. The compatible
image file is only PJ1 format file that can be created by Projector Image Tool (PJImg).And then, click the Send
button to transfer image. The maximum size of transferred file is depending on the model. Please check the
following list.
PJ1 format file
CP-S245 / CP-X255 / ED-X8255
Less than equal 65, 280 byte
CP-DW10N / CP-A100 / CP-AW100N / CP-X205 / CP-X206 / CP-X256 / CP-X265 / CP-X305 / CP-X306 /
CP-X505 / CP-X605 / CP-X615 / CP-WX625 / CP-SX635 / CP-X705 / CP-X2010N / CP-X2011N /
CP-X2510N / CP-X2511N / CP-X3010N / CP-X3011N / CP-WX3011N / CP-X4011N / CP-X10000 /
CP-WX11000 / CP-SX12000 / ED-A100 / ED-A110 / ED-AW100N / ED-AW110N / ED-D10N / ED-D11N /
ED-X45N / CP-WUX645N / CP-X4021N / CP-X5021N / CP-WX4021N / CP-A220N / CP-A221N /
CP-A222WN / CP-A300N / CP-A301N / CP-A302WN / ED-A220N / CP-AW250N / CP-AW251N /
CP-AW252WN / iPJ-AW250N / BZ-1 / CP-AW2519N / CP-X2514WN / CP-X3014WN / CP-X4014WN /
CP-WX3014WN / CP-X2021WN / CP-X2521WN / CP-X3021WN / CPX10WN / CPX11WN / CPWX12WN /
CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 / CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350 / CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450 /
CP-X2015WN / CP-X2515WN / CP-X3015WN / CP-X4015WN / CP-WX2515WN / CP-WX3015WN
Less than equal 130,816byte
207
JPEG file
CP-X2011N / CP-X2511N / CP-X3011N / CP-WX3011N / CP-X4011N / ED-X45N / CP-WUX645N /
CP-X4021N / CP-X5021N / CP-WX4021N / CP-A220N / CP-A221N / CP-A222WN / CP-A300N /
CP-A301N / CP-A302WN / ED-A220N / CP-AW250N / CP-AW251N / CP-AW252WN / iPJ-AW250N /
BZ-1 / CP-AW2519N / CP-X2514WN / CP-X3014WN / CP-X4014WN / CP-WX3014WN / CP-X2021WN /
CP-X2521WN / CP-X3021WN / CPX10WN / CPX11WN / CPWX12WN / CP-X8150 / CP-X8160 /
CP-WX8240 / CP-WX8255 / CP-SX8350 / CP-WU8440 / CP-WU8450 / CP-X2015WN / CP-X2515WN /
CP-X3015WN / CP-X4015WN / CP-WX2515WN / CP-WX3015WN
Less than equal 262,144byte
3.11. Software Version
You can check the software version information to click “About” icon, or choose “About Projector Control
Application” on the menu.
208

Similar documents

HITACHI Projector CP-X2020/CP-X2520/CP

HITACHI Projector CP-X2020/CP-X2520/CP before being displayed. The best display performance will be achieved if the resolutions of the input signal and projector panel are identical. • Automatic adjustment may not function correctly wit...

More information